Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

  x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007

OR

 

  ¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 0-13470

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   94-2276314
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1550 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, California

  95035
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 545-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ¨   No  x .

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ¨   No  x .

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x   No  ¨ .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ¨         Accelerated filer x         Non-accelerated filer ¨         Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)    Yes  ¨   No  x .

As of June 29, 2007, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing sales price for the Registrant’s common stock for such date, as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, was $58,877,933. Shares of common stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owned 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2008 was 18,611,382.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Registrant has incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K portions of its Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 29, 2007.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I   

ITEM 1.

   BUSINESS    4

ITEM 1A.

   RISK FACTORS    19

ITEM 1B.

   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS    28

ITEM 2.

   PROPERTIES    29

ITEM 3.

   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS    29

ITEM 4.

   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS    30
PART II   

ITEM 5.

   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES    31

ITEM 6.

   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA    34

ITEM 7.

   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS    35

ITEM 7A.

   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK    47

ITEM 8.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA    48

ITEM 9.

   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE    84

ITEM 9A.

   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES    84
PART III   

ITEM 10.

   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE    88

ITEM 11.

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION    88

ITEM 12.

   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS    88

ITEM 13.

   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE    88

ITEM 14.

   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES    88
PART IV   

ITEM 15.

   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES    89

SIGNATURES

   91

 

2


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, anticipations, commitments, intentions and strategies regarding the future. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “would,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual results could differ from those projected in any forward-looking statements for the reasons, among others, detailed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this Form 10-K and we assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leader in the design, manufacture, and marketing of high-performance process control metrology systems used in the manufacture of silicon and compound semiconductor substrates, devices and integrated circuits. Our metrology systems measure various optical and physical thin film properties, critical circuit dimensions and layer-to-layer circuit alignment (overlay). The accurate alignment, or overlay, of successive film layers, relative to each other, across the wafer is critical for device performance and favorable production yields. Customers use our process control and metrology systems during various steps of the manufacturing process, enabling semiconductor and integrated circuit manufacturers to improve yields, increase productivity and lower their manufacturing costs.

We were incorporated in California in 1975 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2006. We have been a pioneer and innovator in the field of optical metrology. We have been selling these systems since 1977 and have an extensive installed base with industry leading customers worldwide, including Applied Materials, Inc., Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., Hynix Semiconductor, Inc., Ebara Technologies, Inc., Intel Corporation, Renesas Technology Corp., Micron Technology, Inc., ProMOS Technologies, Mimasu Semiconductor Industry Co., Ltd., International Business Machines Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc.

Additional information about Nanometrics is available on our website at http://www.nanometrics.com. The information that can be accessed through our website, however, is not part of this Annual Report. Our investor relations website is located at http://www.nanometrics.com/investor.html. We make available free of charge through our investor relations website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Our Business

We offer a complete line of systems to address the metrology requirements of our customers. Our metrology systems can be categorized as follows:

 

   

Standalone, fully automated systems for high-volume manufacturing process control;

 

   

Integrated systems built into semiconductor processing equipment that provide real-time measurements and feedback to improve process control and increase throughput; and

 

   

Standalone, manual and semi-automatic systems for manufacturing process characterization and for engineering and low-volume production environments.

We believe that process control metrology is growing faster than other segments of the semiconductor equipment market. As films become thinner, film materials more exotic, and circuit dimension control and overlay requirements more demanding, metrology and process control continue to grow in importance, especially as wafers become larger and more expensive to manufacture. We expect these factors will continue to drive the demand for our high-end, standalone and integrated metrology products.

Additional demands on process tool manufacturers for better film uniformity, tighter dimensional and overlay control, tool-to-tool matching and within-tool chamber uniformity is driving the need for integrated process control metrology. These new tool requirements will drive the need to place metrology inside the process tool for real-time, integrated, process control metrology, using both feed forward and feedback of the collected metrology data to control the process equipment.

 

4


Table of Contents

We have made several strategic changes in our business to enable us to further address these metrology trends. These changes include:

 

   

The acquisition of Soluris, Inc., or Soluris, a supplier of advanced overlay metrology equipment in March 2006;

 

   

The acquisition of Accent Optical Technologies, Inc., or Accent, a leading supplier of compound semiconductor and advanced 200 and 300mm overlay metrology equipment in July 2006;

 

   

The continued outsourcing of certain system components, such as wafer handling robotics, enabling us to leverage our technical resources; and

 

   

The development of new measurement technologies for advanced chemical mechanical planarization, or CMP, and photolithographic processes.

Demand for our products continues to be driven by the increasing use of multiple thin film technology by semiconductor manufacturers and, by the increased adoption of both integrated metrology and real-time process control. With feature sizes shrinking below 45 nanometers, or nm, the need for very tight process tolerances as well as productivity improvements in semiconductor fabrication, or fabs, are driving the need for metrology systems and process control. As a result, semiconductor device and wafer manufacturers are investing in process control and metrology systems that improve their manufacturing efficiency by detecting process variations sooner and facilitating rapid diagnosis and corrective action. Our process control and metrology systems measure and characterize the physical dimensions, material composition, optical and electrical characteristics and other critical parameters of semiconductor devices during their fabrication. For the photolithography process, overlay and critical dimension systems provide enhanced control of layer alignment and device dimensions. For lattice engineering applications, metrology systems monitor the physical, optical, electrical and material characteristics of compound semiconductor, strained silicon and silicon on insulator devices, including composition, crystal structure, layer thickness, dopant concentration, contamination and electron mobility.

Our innovative 9010Tx, deep ultra-violet (DUV) wavelength, Optical Critical Dimension, or OCD ® , measurement system is being increasingly viewed not only as an enabling technology for process control, but also as a solution for critical dimension measurement for wafers as well as reticles and photomasks used for photolithography. The compact size and speed of this technology enables the measurement system to be fully integrated into the customer’s process tool, thus providing a complete, feed forward and feedback process control solution for wafer-to-wafer closed loop control. By measuring the critical dimensions of developed photoresist and then adjusting the final etched dimensions of a silicon gate-etch process by feeding this information back into the process and trimming the resist, the device manufacturer is able to achieve the shortest gate-length and the maximum possible microprocessor speed. In addition, new semiconductor process technologies, such as copper interconnects, require that new measurement technologies be developed in order to keep pace with the latest metrology demands. This integrated metrology module also provides a solution to the problem of measuring the remaining oxide film thickness as well as the loss of material over arrays of copper lines during the CMP process with the added capability of detecting residual films remaining after the polishing process. Technology penetrations of the 9010 product have extended to additional Etch and Photolithography cells.

Our OCD technology has also proven to be applicable to the emerging requirements for advanced photolithography measurements such as the characterization of critical dimensions and film thicknesses on masks and reticles which are comprised of square glass substrates. The Nanometrics Atlas-M is the first fully automated, standalone metrology system to use OCD technology for these square glass substrates at several key customer locations. This system is crucial to the suppliers and users of masks and reticles by providing the means for accurately determining line widths and analyzing complex profiles for a variety of structures found in today’s mask fabrication process.

The Caliper élan™ and Q240 AT™ are advanced overlay metrology and analysis systems for monitoring microlithography stepper performance. These newly acquired products provide exceptional throughput and

 

5


Table of Contents

measurement performance required by today’s demanding 65nm overlay control applications. Élan builds on the solid foundation established by the original Caliper overlay tool to provide the most cost effective solution for today’s most advanced process technologies. Rounding out the overlay product line is the newly acquired IVS advanced overlay metrology system for critical dimension and overlay measurements for both semiconductor and MEMS manufacturing. The IVS delivers unsurpassed measurement performance and reliability with the lowest possible cost-of-ownership.

Our broad offering of lattice engineering metrology solutions address specific yield challenges that arise when device and wafer manufacturers use advanced materials such as compound semiconductors or modify the basic structure of silicon in order to achieve higher device performance characteristics. We recently introduced the VerteX photoluminescence mapping system for high-volume compound semiconductor metrology. VerteX has the unique capability to forecast diode performance before the wafer is fully processed, providing the critical data needed to actively adjust process controls for optimal epitaxial layer growth—the yield-limiting step in LED diode production.

Many types of thin films are used in the manufacture of products such as semiconductor integrated circuits. These products require the precise electronic, optical and surface properties enabled by thin film metrology. The need for tighter process control and improved productivity has created increased demand for our advanced standalone and integrated metrology systems.

Industry Characteristics

Growth

The semiconductor industry continues to be driven by the need for increasingly higher performance chips as well as the need to produce these chips with increased production efficiencies at reduced costs. The semiconductor equipment industry has recently settled into less cyclical growth with a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 7-9% over the past 10 years. During 2007, the semiconductor industry revenue growth was 2.9% compared to 10.2% in 2006. Semiconductor capital equipment growth was 6.8% in 2007 compared to 22.9% in 2006. We believe that the continued expansions and new construction of 300-millimeter wafer fabs, the increasing use of copper interconnects and more efficient 45 nm architecture will continue to drive the demand for new metrology solutions, such as those that we offer, and that the process control market segment will continue to outpace overall equipment growth.

Semiconductor devices are enabling a wide variety of advanced computing, communications and consumer electronics products such as high-performance computing clusters, engineering workstations, routers, switches, cell phones, digital cameras, portable MP3 players, game consoles, DVD players, high-definition televisions, global positioning systems and flat panel displays. In the past, demand for Internet access, personal computers, telecommunications, and new consumer electronic products and services has fueled growth of the semiconductor industry. New display technologies, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and personal electronics will likely continue as the primary drivers in the near-term for the semiconductor industry. We believe that consumer desire for high performance electronics drives technology advancement in semiconductor design and manufacturing and, in turn, promotes the purchasing of capital equipment featuring the latest advances in technology.

The two significant factors affecting demand for our measurement systems are new construction or refurbishment of semiconductor manufacturing facilities and the increasing complexity of the manufacturing process as a result of the demand for higher performance semiconductor devices and integrated circuits.

Semiconductor Manufacturing Process

Semiconductors are fabricated by a series of process steps on a wafer substrate made of silicon or other material. Our thin film, critical dimension, overlay metrology and defect inspection systems can be used at many

 

6


Table of Contents

points during the fabrication process to monitor and measure circuit dimensions, layer-to-layer registration and film uniformity as well as material properties in order to maximize the yield of acceptable semiconductors. Each wafer typically goes through a series of 100 to 500 process and metrology steps in generally repetitive cycles.

The four primary wafer film processing steps are:

 

   

Deposition;

 

   

Chemical Mechanical Planarization;

 

   

Photolithography imaging and overlay; and

 

   

Etching of circuit elements.

Deposition.     Deposition refers to placing layers of insulating or conducting materials on a wafer surface in thin films that make up the circuit elements of semiconductor devices. Common methods of deposition include chemical vapor deposition, or CVD, plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition, or PECVD, and physical vapor deposition, or PVD. Diffusion and oxidation are also used to create or define thin films. The control of uniformity and thickness during the formation of these films is critical to the performance of the semiconductor circuit.

Chemical Mechanical Planarization.     CMP flattens, or planarizes, the topography of the film surface to permit the multiple patterns of small features on the resulting smoothed surface by the photolithography process. The CMP process is a combination of chemical etching and mechanical polishing and commonly uses an abrasive liquid and polishing pad. Semiconductor manufacturers need metrology systems to control the CMP process by measuring the thin film layer to determine precisely when the appropriate thickness has been achieved.

Photolithography.     Photolithography is the process step that projects the patterns of the circuits on the chip. A wafer is pre-coated with photoresist, a light sensitive film that must have an accurate thickness and uniformity for exposure. Photolithography involves the optical projection of integrated circuit patterns onto the photoresist after which, the photoresist is developed, leaving unexposed areas available for etching. In order to precisely control the photolithography process, it is necessary to verify reflectivity, film thickness, critical dimensions and overlay registration.

Etch.     Etch is a dry or wet process for selectively removing unwanted areas that have been deposited on the surface of a wafer. A film of developed photoresist protects material that needs to be left untouched by the etch to make up the circuits. Thin film metrology systems are required to verify precision of material removal and critical dimension achievement.

Before and after deposition, CMP, photolithography and etch, the wafer surface is measured to determine the quality of the film or pattern and to find defects. Measurements taken to ensure process uniformity include thickness, width, height, roughness and other characteristics. Process control helps avoid scrapping wafers, reduce costly rework and results in higher yields for semiconductor manufacturers.

These processing steps are typically repeated multiple times during the fabrication process, with alternating layers of insulating and conducting films. Depending on the specific design of a given integrated circuit, a variety of film types and thicknesses and a number of layers can be used to achieve desired electronic performance characteristics. The semiconductors are then tested, separated into individual circuits, assembled and packaged into an integrated circuit.

Increased Use of Metrology in Manufacturing

We believe that continually rising wafer costs are forcing semiconductor manufacturers to re-evaluate their manufacturing strategies at all levels, from individual process steps to fab-wide process optimization. Many

 

7


Table of Contents

major semiconductor manufacturers are adopting feed-forward and feedback of film thickness and critical dimensions, or CDs, based on real-time data from metrology systems. Major benefits of these new metrology strategies are higher manufacturing efficiencies from reduced rework, reduced headcount to perform at the same quality level and increased device performance. Additional benefits include process tool matching and more precise control of the overall manufacturing process.

Drive Toward Integrated Metrology

For many years, semiconductor manufacturers have sought to improve fab efficiency by choosing systems that integrate more than one process step into a single tool. Integrated metrology solutions increase productivity with higher throughput, smaller overall product footprints, reduced wafer handling and faster process development. This trend began in the mid-1980s, as leading manufacturers introduced a “cluster process tool” architecture that combined multiple processes in separate chambers around a central wafer-handling platform.

Today, there is continued focus on increased productivity driving the adoption of integrated metrology, as well as an additional requirement for tighter process tolerances with advanced, sub-45nm technologies. This new requirement is driving integrated process control metrology as a necessity for many processes, such as mechanical planarization, deposition, lithography and etch. As a result, we continue to see the emergence of integrated metrology using both feed-forward and feedback process tool control in real time. Integrated metrology has already shown its ability to control key process parameters during the manufacturing process. Additional benefits include extended tool availability and improved utilization. Tighter control of the process means lower material and processing costs. Integrated metrology also provides rapid fault detection, improved excursion control and loss prevention, which can be elusive with only open-loop standalone metrology.

Before we introduced integrated metrology, semiconductor manufacturers were required to physically transport wafers from a process tool to a separate metrology system in order to make critical measurements such as film thickness and uniformity. Manufacturers of process equipment are increasingly seeking to offer their customers integrated metrology in their tools to lower costs and improve overall tool efficiency. Integrated metrology provides semiconductor manufacturers with several additional benefits, including a reduction in the number of test wafers, increased overall process throughput, faster detection of process excursions and faults, reduced wafer handling, faster process development and ultimately an improvement in overall equipment effectiveness.

Nanometrics Offerings

We offer a complete line of systems to address the broad range of metrology requirements of our customers.

Our metrology systems can be categorized as follows:

 

   

Standalone, fully automated systems used for high-volume manufacturing process control. We offer a broad line of fully automated thin film thickness, critical dimension, defect inspection and overlay measurement systems. These systems remove the dependence on human operators by incorporating reliable wafer handling robots and are designed to meet the speed, measurement, performance and reliability requirements that are essential for today’s semiconductor manufacturing facilities. Each of these measurement systems uses non-destructive, optical techniques to analyze and measure films. Our fully automated metrology product line also includes systems that are used to measure the critical dimensions and overlay registration accuracy of successive layers of semiconductor patterns on wafers in the photolithography process.

 

   

Standalone, manual and semi-automated systems used for manufacturing process characterization. We also offer a broad line of manual and semi-automated thin film thickness, critical dimension, defect inspection and overlay measurement systems. Each of these measurement systems uses non-destructive, optical techniques to analyze and measure films. These products also include

 

8


Table of Contents
 

systems that are used to monitor the physical, optical, electrical and material characteristics of compound semiconductor, strained silicon and silicon-on-insulator (SOI) devices, including composition, crystal structure, layer thickness, dopant concentration, contamination and electron mobility. Tabletop systems are used to manually or semi-automatically measure thin films in engineering and low-volume production environments. We have been a pioneer and leading supplier of tabletop thin film thickness measurement systems, which are used primarily in low-volume production environments such as failure analysis and engineering labs. Our tabletop models have multiple capabilities and several available configurations, depending on wafer handling, range of films to be measured, uniformity mapping and other customer needs.

 

   

Integrated systems used to measure in-process wafers automatically and quickly without having to leave the enclosed wafer processing system. Our integrated metrology systems are compact and monitor a multitude of small test points on the wafer using sophisticated pattern recognition. Our integrated systems can be attached to film deposition, planarization, lithography, etch and other process tools to provide rapid monitoring of films on each wafer immediately before or after processing. Integrated systems can offer customers significantly increased operating efficiency and equipment utilization, lower manufacturing costs and higher throughput. We anticipate continuing to ship integrated systems to many original equipment manufacturers for installation on their planarization, deposition, photolithography and etch tools.

Strategy

Our strategy is to offer and support, on a worldwide basis, technologically advanced metrology solutions that meet the changing manufacturing requirements of the semiconductor industry. Key elements of our strategy include:

Maintaining Organically Developed Technology Leadership.     We are committed to developing advanced metrology systems that meet the requirements of advanced semiconductor manufacturing technology. We have an extensive array of proprietary technology and expertise in optics, software and systems integration. These technologies include polarized reflectometry, precision motion control, extreme dark field imaging, low distortion imaging and advanced algorithms.

Continuing to Offer Advanced Integrated Metrology Systems.     We were one of the first suppliers to offer products that integrate process control metrology systems into wafer processing equipment. We supply integrated metrology systems for Applied Materials’ Mirra Mesa™ and 300mm Reflexion™ CMP systems and the Producer QA and SE™ CVD systems and Centura Etch systems. The introduction of the first combined film thickness and critical dimension measurement integrated metrology product has allowed us to penetrate additional original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, of etch processing and CMP equipment, including Hitachi High Tech, or HHT, Dainippon Screen, or DNS, and Ebara. The introduction of the Nano 9010Tx enhanced integrated metrology product has led to additional design wins at TEL/Timbre. Our integrated metrology sales group continues to focus on sales of integrated metrology products to both OEMs and end-users.

Broadening Our Product Portfolio.     We intend to continue to add a wide range of new measurement technologies to our expanding base of intellectual property. Our highly successful integrated platform offers a single integrated module that combines OCD and DUV technologies, and enables us to perform critical erosion and film thickness/array measurements for the oxide and copper/metal CMP processes. These metrologies are key requirements for the copper damascene process, which replaces the current subtractive aluminum process on newer semiconductor devices.

The SiPHER photoluminescence mapping system detects and quantifies near surface and bulk metallic contamination in silicon and epitaxial layers. Additionally, the SiPHER can measure changes in implant dopant levels and dopant activation levels in the transistor stack.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our OCD technology has also been applied to advanced photolithography processes with the Nanometrics Atlas-M, a fully automated metrology system for mask and reticule measurement and characterization. This product has already successfully correlated the interrelationships between film thickness and critical dimension parameters.

Leveraging Existing Customer and Industry Relationships.     Our strong industry relationships have allowed close customer collaboration which, in return, facilitates our ability to introduce new products and applications in response to customer needs. We believe that our large customer base will continue to be an important source of new product development ideas. Our large customer base also provides us with the opportunity for increased sales of additional metrology systems to our current customers. Our new acquisitions are expected to strengthen our customer relationships and foster working partnerships with semiconductor equipment manufacturers by providing technologically superior systems and high levels of customer support.

Providing Worldwide Sales and Customer Support.     We believe that a direct sales and support capability is beneficial for developing and maintaining close customer relationships and for rapidly responding to changing customer requirements. Because a majority of our revenues come from sources outside of the United States, we have direct sales teams in Europe, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and China, and will expand into additional territories as customer requirements dictate. We use selected sales representatives selectively in isolated regions. We intend to monitor our network by evaluating our existing and new offices, as well as developing additional relationships as needed. We believe that enhancing our sales and customer support network will improve our competitive position.

Addressing Multiple Markets.     There are broad applications of our technology beyond the semiconductor industry. We currently offer a comprehensive family of metrology systems that accurately measure thin films, critical dimensions and overlay registration used in manufacturing process. Newer products inspect for particles and defects and monitor critical metal loss during the copper removal process. We believe that diversification of our technology through applications across multiple industries increases the total available market for our products and reduces, to an extent, our exposure to the cyclicality of any particular market.

Acquisitions.     We expect to continue to evaluate the attractiveness of strategic transactions, including mergers and asset acquisitions, in order to address business challenges and opportunities. March 15, 2006, we announced our acquisition of Soluris, a privately held corporation focused on overlay and CD measurement technology and headquartered in Concord, Massachusetts. On July 21, 2006, we announced the completion of the merger of our business with Accent, a leading supplier of process control and metrology systems to the global semiconductor manufacturing industry headquartered in Bend, Oregon. The strategic business combination of Nanometrics and Accent created one of the largest metrology and process control companies in the semiconductor capital equipment industry.

Technology

We believe that our engineering expertise, technology acquisitions, supplier alliances and short-cycle production strategies enable us to develop and offer advanced solutions that address industry trends. By offering common metrology platforms that can be configured with a variety of measurement technologies, our customers can (i) specify high performance systems not easily offered by other suppliers and (ii) narrowly configure a system for a specific application as a cost saving measure.

Spectroscopic Reflectometry.     We pioneered the use of micro-spot spectroscopic reflectometry for semiconductor film metrology in the late 1970s. Spectroscopic reflectometry uses multiple wavelengths (colors) of light to obtain an array of data for analysis of film thickness and other film parameters. Today’s semiconductor manufacturers still depend on spectroscopic reflectometry for most film metrology applications. Reflectometry is the measurement of reflected light. For film metrology, a wavelength spectrum in the visible region is commonly used. Light reflected from the surfaces of the film and the substrate is analyzed using computers and measurement algorithms. The analysis yields thickness information and other parameters without contacting or destroying the film.

 

10


Table of Contents

In the mid-1980s, we introduced a DUV reflectometer for material analysis. In 1991, we were awarded a patent for the determination of absolute reflectance in the ultraviolet region. This technology provides enhanced measurement performance for thinner films and for films stacked on top of one another.

Spectroscopic Ellipsometry.     Like reflectometry, ellipsometry is a non-contact and non-destructive technique used to analyze and measure films. An ellipsometer analyzes the change in a polarized beam of light after reflection from a film’s surface and interface. Our systems are spectroscopic, providing ellipsometric data at many different wavelengths. Spectroscopic ellipsometry provides a wealth of information about a film, yielding very accurate and reliable measurements. In general, ellipsometers are used for thin films and complex film stacks, whereas reflectometers are used for thicker films and stacks.

Optical Critical Dimension Technology.     Our OCD technology is a critical dimension measurement technology that is used to precisely determine the dimensions on the semiconductor wafer that directly control the resulting performance of the integrated circuit devices. Our non-destructive, OCD measurement technology is compatible with the current 90nm manufacturing technology and can be extended below 90nm for future requirements in both photo-lithography and etch applications. OCD combines non-contact optical technology with extremely powerful data analysis software to provide highly accurate measurement results for line width, height and sidewall angles. This technology is available in both standalone and integrated platforms.

Overlay Registration.     Overlay registration refers to the relative alignment of two layers in the thin film photolithographic process. Our microscope-based, imaging measurement technology utilizes a high magnification, low distortion optical system combined with proprietary software algorithms to numerically quantify the alignment. Customers use our overlay systems to measure vertical alignment of the layers on silicon wafers and MEMS structures.

Optical Profilometry.     We developed the optical profiler for the measurement of copper metal loss during the chemical mechanical planarization process. This technology uses the combination of an optical interferometer and our reflectometer technology to accurately determine metal loss, even over multiple layers during the final steps of metallization. Our technology is a unique method for precisely and accurately controlling this semiconductor manufacturing process step.

Photoluminescence Imaging Technology.     Our room-temperature photoluminescence imaging and mapping technology is used to detect metallic contamination such as Cu, Fe and heavy metals which create point defects (e.g. interstitial atoms, substitutional atoms, precipitates), and line defects such as threading dislocations, misfit dislocations, pile ups, slip and stacking faults. Contamination at this level is common in Si wafer processing and may result from multiple causes including cross contamination of metals during wafer handling, contamination from deposition tools contamination after maintenance and incomplete cleaning of reclaimed wafers.

Fourier-Transform Infra-Red (FTIR) Spectroscopy Technology.     Silicon producers around the world use our FTIR tools for the certification of silicon epitaxial, or epi, thickness in blanket epi layers, buried layer epi films and silicon-on-insulator (SOI) epi films. The tools are also used for the precise measurement of interstitial oxygen and substitutional carbon in silicon substrates. Semiconductor device manufacturers use these FTIR systems for thin film metrology. BPSG films can be analyzed for the concentrations of boron and phosphorus; atomic hydrogen content in silicon nitride and silicon oxynitride can be estimated; low-K films can be characterized (fluorine in FSG films; carbon in SiOC, and SiCN films. The FTIR tools provide a rapid, non-contact method for the thin film metrology. The automated FTIR tools also provide full support for the factory automation needs of the device manufacturing community.

Lattice Metrology Technologies.     We supply a wide array of lattice engineering metrology systems to semiconductor device and silicon wafer manufacturers. These products address specific yield challenges that arise when device and wafer manufacturers use advanced materials such as compound semiconductors or modify the lattice, or basic crystal structure of pure silicon, in order to achieve higher device performance characteristics.

 

11


Table of Contents

Products

We operate in one reportable segment, which is the sale, design, manufacture, marketing and support of thin film, optical critical dimension and overlay dimension metrology systems. Our measurement systems use microscope-based, non-contact spectroscopic reflectometry, or SR. Some of our systems provide complementary spectroscopic ellipsometry, or SE, and FTIR to measure the thickness and optical characteristics of films on a variety of substrates. In addition, we offer both integrated and standalone optical critical metrology systems to measure critical dimensions of patterns on semiconductor wafers. We also manufacture a line of optical overlay registration systems that are used to determine the alignment accuracy of successive layers of semiconductor patterns on wafers in the photolithography process. Our products can be divided into two principle groups: standalone systems and integrated systems. See Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an analysis of our net revenues by principal product group.

 

Platform

   Market    Substrate Size   

Applications

   Technology

Standalone Systems

     

9100

   Semiconductor    75-200mm    CVD, CMP, Etch, Litho, Film Thickness    SR, SE

FLX

   Semiconductor    200mm 300mm    CVD, CMP, Etch, Litho, Film Thickness, CD    SR, OCD/SR

Atlas/Atlas-M

   Semiconductor    150mm, 200mm
300mm wafers
6-inch masks/reticles
   CVD, CMP, Etch, Litho, Film Thickness, Film Stress, CD    SR, SE, OCD/SE

Stress/Bow

Caliper élan

   Semiconductor    300mm    Overlay    Imaging

Q240 AT

   Semiconductor    200mm    Overlay    Imaging

Orion

   Semiconductor    200mm 300mm    Overlay    Imaging

IVS

   Semiconductor,
MEMS
   75mm, 100mm,
150mm,200mm
   Overlay, Macro CD    Imaging

SiPHER

   Substrate
Semiconductor
   200mm 300mm    Substrate defects, metallic contamination    Photoluminescence

VerteX

   Compound
Semiconductor
   75mm 125mm
150mm
   Epitaxial layer properties    Photoluminescence

QS2200/3300

   Substrate
Semiconductor
   200mm 300mm    Epitaxial layer thickness    FTIR

3000

   Semiconductor    75mm 150mm    Film Thickness    SR

6100

   Semiconductor    75mm 150mm
200mm
   Film Thickness    SR

QS1200

   Substrate
Semiconductor
   100mm 125mm
150mm 200mm
300mm
   Epitaxial layer thickness    FTIR

RPM2000

   Compound
Semiconductor
   75mm 125mm
150mm
   Substrate defects, composition    Phololuminescence

Integrated Systems

        

9000

   Semiconductor    200mm    CVD, CMP, Film Thickness    SR

9000i

   Semiconductor    300mm    CVD, CMP, Etch, Film Thickness, CD    SR, OCD

9000b

   Semiconductor    300mm    CVD, CMP, Etch, Film Thickness    SR

9010/9010b

   Semiconductor    300mm    CMP, CVD, Etch, Litho, Film Thickness, CD    OCD/SR, CLP

9010T/x

   Semiconductor    200mm 300mm    CMP, Etch, Litho CD    OCD/SR

 

12


Table of Contents

Standalone Systems

Our standalone systems are made up of manual, semi-automated and fully automated metrology systems which are employed in high-volume and low-volume production environments. The automated systems incorporate automated material handling interface options for a variety of fab automation environments and implement multiple measurement technologies for a broad range of substrate sizes. The manual and semi-automated systems are used primarily in engineering labs for which automated handling and high throughput are not required. Our automated systems range in price from approximately $200,000 to over $1,300,000, depending on substrate sizes, measurement technologies, material handling interfaces and other options. The manual and semi-automated systems range in price from $50,000 up to $1,000,000 depending upon configurations and options.

Nanometrics Atlas and Atlas-M

The Nanometrics Atlas high-performance metrology system combines up to four metrology technologies on a single platform, providing increased measurement capabilities in a small footprint design for reduced cost of ownership. The Atlas-M further extends the versatility of this 300mm platform to provide fully automated mask and reticle measurements. The system is capable of housing up to four metrology technologies including polarized, normal incidence spectroscopic ellipsometry for linewidth profile and critical dimensions, spectroscopic reflectometry for films and film stacks, ultra-violet, or UV, and deep UV spectroscopic ellipsometry for ultra-thin films and film characterization, and film stress/wafer bow measurements. The Atlas offers high accuracy, high precision metrology for wafer characterization and can be configured for 150mm to and 300mm wafer sizes or 6-inch masks and reticles. The system is also compatible with NanoNet, an optional software package that enables users to synchronize standalone and integrated metrology systems for remote process setup and monitoring.

Nanometrics FLX

The Nanometrics FLX flexible metrology system is based on the Atlas automation platform, and is designed to support up to four integrated metrology modules simultaneously—the tool can mix-and-match any combination of modules to form a complete metrology solution for lithography, planarization, etch and deposition processes. This capability accelerates process development through parallel development of integrated metrology solutions. The Nanometrics FLX is a flexible, cost-efficient, high-throughput 300-mm standalone metrology system based on Nanometrics’ proven integrated metrology solutions.

NanoSpec 9100

The NanoSpec 9100 standalone, automated thin film measurement system is capable of handling wafers ranging in size from 75 to 200 millimeters in diameter. The 9100 can be configured with a deep ultraviolet, or DUV, to near infrared spectroscopic ellipsometer for ultra-thin, multiple film stack and DUV lithography measurement applications. Other 9100 options include a standard mechanical interface with mini-environment enclosures for use in ultra-clean manufacturing facilities. The 9100 uses technologies from the integrated film thickness systems to allow easy transfer of measurement recipes between the integrated and standalone film metrology systems.

Nanometrics Orion

The Nanometrics Orion, Advanced Overlay Control System provides enhanced measurement performance and higher wafer throughput and replaces the original Metra line of products. The system is based on the highly successful Atlas platform and offers high throughput in excess of 180 wafers per hour. Orion utilizes a proprietary optical system to provide low total measurement uncertainty (TMU), enabling 1 nanometer, 3-sigma precision and matching in overlay control applications. Orion’s aerial image metrology with proprietary digital image folding tolerates wide process variations and reduces the possibility of erroneous data. Both attributes are crucial elements in attaining high yields in 200mm and 300mm volume production.

 

13


Table of Contents

Caliper élan and Q240 AT

The Caliper élan and Q240 AT are our most advanced overlay metrology solutions. Élan builds on the solid foundation established by the original Caliper overlay tool to provide the most cost effective solution for today’s most advanced 300mm process technologies. Élan extends the production-proven Caliper platform with a refined optical metrology head coupled with advanced focusing and algorithms to provide a 50% improvement in both measurement (MAM) time and total measurement uncertainty (TMU). The Q240 AT incorporates the same measurement technology as the Caliper, and delivers the same advanced measurement capabilities for 200mm wafer sizes.

SiPHER

The SiPHER is a fully automated photoluminescence metrology system for the detection and mapping of 300mm substrate defects and metallic contamination. SiPHER detects and quantifies near surface and bulk metallic contamination in both bulk silicon and silicon epitaxial layers.

VerteX

The VerteX is a rapid photoluminescence mapping system designed for high-volume compound semiconductor metrology applications such as volume LED manufacturing. The new VerteX with power density control provides improved matching to electrical test data, improved tool matching and improved reproducibility and repeatability. It also provides predictive metrics for the manufacturing process. In the case of high-brightness LED processing, VerteX enables accurate predictive processing metrics of green, blue and UV LED emission wavelengths at the wafer level, a capability that we believe is unmatched in the industry.

QS2200/3300

The QS2200 and QS3300 are Fourier-Transform Infra-Red spectrometers designed for non-destructive wafer analysis. These systems are used for the characterization and measurement of semiconductor substrates as well as in device manufacturing. The QS2200 model is available in two configurations; an automated 200mm system with two open cassettes and an automated system with one SMIF indexer and one open cassette for high-volume wafer manufacturing. The QS2200 series incorporates a universal stage, which adjusts automatically to different wafer sizes 100, 125, 150 and 200mm. The QS3300 is a production version which supports high-volume 300mm manufacturing for various applications: boron and phosphorus concentration in BPSG films, atomic hydrogen concentrations in silicon nitride passivation layers, fluorine in FSG films, epitaxial thickness, concentrations of interstitial oxygen and substitutional carbon in silicon.

NanoSpec 3000 and 6100

The NanoSpec tabletop systems provide a broad range of thin film measurement solutions at a lower entry price point. The NanoSpec 3000 is a basic, manual system while the 6100 models feature semiautomatic wafer handling or staging.

QS1200 FTIR System

The QS1200 incorporates all of the measurement capability found in the semi-automated and fully-automated FTIR metrology systems in a table-top configuration. The QS1200 FTIR metrology tool is used primarily for dopant monitoring, epi thickness measurement, and other epitaxial substrate applications. The QS1200 is specifically designed for advanced semiconductor fabs performing material characterization in silicon growing and device manufacturing areas. It provides a new level of integration of the FTIR technique utilizing proven optical technology for SEMI standard wafers of 100, 125, 150, 200, and 300mm diameter as well as custom substrates up to 2mm in thickness.

 

14


Table of Contents

Integrated Systems

Our integrated metrology systems are installed inside wafer processing equipment to provide near real-time measurements for improving process control and increasing throughput. Our integrated systems are available for wafer sizes up to 300 millimeters and offer DUV spectroscopic reflectometry and/or critical dimension measurement technologies. Our integrated metrology systems range in price from approximately $80,000 to $400,000 depending on features and technology.

NanoSpec 9000

The NanoSpec 9000 is an ultra-compact measurement system designed for integration into semiconductor wafer processing equipment. The system can be used in several wafer film process steps, including metal deposition, planarization, chemical vapor photolithography and etch. In its basic configuration, the NanoSpec 9000 is equipped with visible wavelength spectroscopic reflectometry.

NanoSpec 9000i

The NanoSpec 9000i is a 300mm version of the NanoSpec 9000. This metrology platform can be integrated into multiple wafer film process steps including metal deposition, planarization, chemical vapor deposition, photolithography and etch. The NanoSpec 9000i is also equipped with visible wavelength spectroscopic reflectometry and can be extended into deep ultraviolet wavelengths.

NanoOCD 9010M

The NanoOCD 9010M utilizes our production-proven OCD metrology, and enables non-destructive, real-time measurement and profiling of critical features on photomasks and reticles without the limitations and drawbacks associated with critical dimension scanning electron microscope, or CD-SEM, metrology. Current CD-SEM technology appears to be reaching its theoretical limits for making critical dimension measurements on these substrates. Photoresist-on-chrome-on-glass features found on reticles and masks suffer severe charging during CD-SEM metrology making critical dimension measurements impossible. OCD is a non-destructive technology that provides information not available from CD-SEM measurements.

Nano 9010b Series Integrated Metrology Platform

The 9010b is the first integrated metrology tool to combine two measurement technologies on a single platform. The 9010b incorporates both ultra violet optical critical dimension (OCD) spectroscopic ellipsometry and deep ultra violet (DUV) spectroscopic reflectometry. The 9010b provides thin film and film stack thickness measurements on pads as well as oxide, nitride and trench profile measurements on arrays in a single tool. The combined technologies provide a complete measurement solution over the entire range of measurement requirements for each process step. This complete metrology capability can be utilized across a number of lithography, deposition, copper planarization, dielectric planarization, poly-Si etch and dielectric etch applications.

The 9010b is also available as a SEMI BOLTS compatible, 300 millimeter based system that incorporates all the features of the integrated configuration of the 9010b. By conforming to the industry standard BOLTS mounting system, the Nano 9010b BOLTS configuration is interchangeable with industry conforming load ports for simplified mechanical integration .

Nano 9010Tx Integrated Metrology Platform

The 9010Tx is an advanced, integrated metrology platform for optical CD measurement and profiling. The 9010Tx system is designed to be incorporated into semiconductor equipment requiring leading-edge CD metrology for semiconductor applications. The 9010Tx offers an extended wavelength range down to 210nm, extending the CD measurement capabilities for line width structures down to 65nm. The system also incorporates the UV film thickness function, and its improved design offers a faster, more cost effective

 

15


Table of Contents

integrated CD measurement solution with increased throughput. The system is also offered as the 9010Tx-BOLTS, in the SEMI, BOLTS configuration for easy installation directly onto the OEM process equipment’s standard 300mm loadport.

Customers

We sell our metrology systems worldwide to many of the major semiconductor manufacturers and equipment suppliers, as well as to producers of silicon wafers and photomasks. The majority of our systems are sold to customers located in Asia and the United States. Two customers, Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., and Hynix Semiconductor Inc., represented 15.7% and 10.6% of our total net revenues in 2007, respectively. See Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding our major customers.

The following is a list of our top ten customers (categorized by type of customer), based on revenues, during 2007:

 

Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs)            Integrated Device Manufacturers (IDMs)

Applied Materials, Inc.

  

Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd.

Ebara Technologies, Incorporated (ETI)

  

Hynix Semiconductor, Inc.

  

Toshiba

  

SUMCo

  

Flash

  

ProMOS Technologies

  

Western Digital

  

SMIC

Sales and Marketing

We believe that the capability for direct sales and support is beneficial for developing and maintaining close customer relationships and for rapidly responding to changing customer requirements. We provide direct sales, service and application support from our corporate office in California for customers in the United States. We also have a direct sales presence in South Korea, Japan, Europe, Taiwan, China and Singapore. We use selected sales representatives in the United States and other countries. We intend to continue monitoring our network, our existing and new offices as well as developing additional distribution relationships when needed. We believe that growing our international distribution network can enhance our competitive position. We maintain a direct sales force of highly trained, technically sophisticated sales engineers who are knowledgeable in the use of metrology systems generally and with the features and advantages of our specific products. Our sales engineers are supported by applications scientists. Together, these highly trained individuals work closely with our customers to offer cost-effective solutions to complex measurement and process problems which our customers face.

Direct exports of our metrology systems to our foreign customers and shipments to our subsidiaries require general export licenses. See Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding total net revenues and long-lived assets of our foreign operations. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for information regarding risks related to our foreign operations.

Net revenues from customers located in the United States and in foreign countries, as a percentage of total net revenues, were as follows:

 

     2007      2006      2005  

United States

   31.8 %    35.0 %    33.2 %

Japan

   27.8 %    17.4 %    25.5 %

South Korea

   13.8 %    26.3 %    26.6 %

Taiwan

   7.8 %    5.4 %    9.2 %

China

   7.3 %    6.2 %    3.8 %

Europe

   10.0 %    7.2 %    1.5 %

All other countries

   1.5 %    2.5 %    0.2 %

 

16


Table of Contents

In order to raise market awareness of our products, we advertise in trade publications, distribute promotional materials, publish technical articles, conduct marketing programs, issue press releases regarding new products, work with a public relations firm and participate in industry trade shows and conferences. We also maintain a website at www.nanometrics.com.

Customer Service and Support

We believe that customer service and technical support are important factors to distinguish us from our competitors and are essential to building and maintaining close, long-term relationships with our customers. We provide support to our customers with factory technical support and globally deployed field service offices. The factory technical support operations provide both OEM and end-user customers with telephonic technical support access, direct training programs and operating manuals and other technical support information. We use our demonstration equipment for training programs, as well as for our sales and marketing efforts. Our technical training department has metrology systems that are used for customer training. We coordinate warranty and post-warranty field service and spare parts support from our corporate headquarters in Milpitas, California. We also have North America field service operations based in various locations throughout the United States and Europe. In Asia, service is provided by direct offices in Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and China.

We provide a standard one-year warranty on parts and labor for products sold domestically and in foreign markets. Service revenue, including sales of replacement parts, represented 13.8%, 16.3%, and 13.5% of total net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Backlog

As of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, our backlog was $14.03 million and $26.7 million, respectively. Backlog includes orders for products that we expect to ship within 12 months. Orders from our customers are subject to cancellation or delay by the customer without penalty. Historically, order cancellations and order rescheduling have not been significant. However, orders presently in backlog could be canceled or rescheduled. As only a portion of our revenues for any fiscal quarter represent systems in backlog, we do not believe that backlog is necessarily an accurate indication of our future revenues or financial performance.

Competition

The market for our metrology systems is intensely competitive. We compete on a global basis with both larger and smaller companies. Our products compete primarily with: standalone metrology products from KLA-Tencor Corporation, or KLA, and Rudolph Technologies, Inc.; integrated metrology products from Nova Measuring Instruments Ltd., Tokyo Electron and KLA; and overlay metrology products primarily from KLA. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, engineering, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do. Significant competitive factors in our industry include: performance of proprietary measurement technology; system performance, including automation and software capability; ease of use; reliability; established customer bases; cost of ownership; price; and global customer service. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors. Nevertheless, we must continue to develop and design new and improved products and evaluate the attractiveness of strategic transactions, including mergers and asset acquisitions, in order to maintain our competitive position, especially in light of the competitive advantage our larger competitors, such as KLA may be able to exert in the marketplace.

Manufacturing

We currently manufacture our products primarily in the United States and to a lesser extent, we also manufacture products at our subsidiary in South Korea, and contract manufacturers in Japan and China. In addition, we perform limited subassembly for certain products at our York England facility. We combine proprietary measurement technology produced in our facilities with components and subassemblies obtained from outside suppliers. We currently do not expect our manufacturing operations to require us to make any additional major investments in capital equipment.

 

17


Table of Contents

We have internalized the production of key parts and components. However, certain components, subassemblies and services necessary for the manufacture of our systems are obtained from a sole supplier or limited group of suppliers. We do not maintain long-term supply agreements with any of our suppliers.

Research and Development

Our research and development is directed towards enhancing existing products and developing and introducing new products to maintain technological leadership and to meet current and evolving customer needs. Our process, engineering, marketing, operations and management personnel have developed close collaborative relationships with many of our customers and have used these relationships to identify market demands and target our research and development to meet those demands. We are working to develop potential applications of new and emerging technologies, including improved metrology methods. We conduct research and development at our facilities in California, South Korea and the United Kingdom.

Our research and development expenditures in 2007 in the United States, the United Kingdom and South Korea were as follows:

 

United States

   $ 12.9 million

United Kingdom

   $ 4.7 million

South Korea

   $ 1.0 million
      

Total

   $ 18.6 million
      

We have extensive proprietary technology and expertise in such areas as spectroscopic reflectometry using our patented absolute reflectivity, robust pattern recognition and complex measurement software algorithms. We continue to add to our intellectual property portfolio, most recently in the areas of critical dimension measurement and integrated metrology. We also have extensive experience in systems integration engineering required to design compact, highly automated systems for advanced clean room environments. Expenditures for research and development during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $18.6, $14.3 million and $12.5 million, respectively, and represented 12.7%, 14.8% and 17.8% of total net revenues, respectively.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on the technical innovation of our products and protecting such innovations through a variety of methods. We actively pursue a program of filing patent applications to seek protection of technologically sensitive features of our metrology systems. As of December 29, 2007, we held 84 United States patents with 104 patent applications pending. Our United States patents, issued during the period 1988 to 2007, will expire between 2007 and 2025. We believe that our success will depend to a greater degree upon innovation, technological expertise and our ability to adapt our products to new technology. While we attempt to establish our intellectual property rights through patents and trademarks and protect intellectual property rights through non-disclosure agreements, we may not be able to protect our technology and competitors may be able to develop similar technology independently. Others may obtain patents and assert them against us. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. From time to time we receive communications from third parties asserting that our metrology systems may contain design features that are claimed to infringe their proprietary rights. We typically refer such matters to our legal counsel.

We have registered the following trademarks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office: Nanometrics ® , NanoSpec ® , Integrated Metrology ® , NanoOCD ® , Metra ® , NanoNet ® , OCD ® , Caliper ® , SiPHER ® , Stratus ® and others. Additionally, we use a variety of other trademarks and trade names such as Atlas, NanoCLP, Accent and the Nanometrics logo. All other brand names, trade names and trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders. The effect of registering our trademarks is to further protect Nanometrics’ brand and corporate identity.

 

18


Table of Contents

Employees

At December 29, 2007, we employed 523 persons worldwide with 83 in manufacturing and manufacturing support, 151 in customer service, 65 in applications, 110 in research and development, 50 in sales and marketing and 64 in general administration and finance. None of our employees is represented by a union and we have never experienced a work stoppage as a result of union actions. Many of our employees have specialized skills that are of value to us. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientific, technical and managerial personnel, who are in great demand in our industry. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks and investors may lose all or part of their investment. This section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in this Form 10-K.

Risks Related to Our Business

Customer demand for our products is inelastic and has led to fluctuations in revenue from period to period and is expected to continue to do so.

Our operating results have varied significantly from period to period due to the inelastic nature of our products. The majority of our business depends upon the capital expenditures of semiconductor device and equipment manufacturers. These manufacturers’ capital expenditures, in turn, depend upon the current and anticipated market demand for semiconductors and products using semiconductors. The semiconductor industry has historically experienced periodic downturns. These downturns have often resulted in substantial decreases in the demand for semiconductor manufacturing equipment, including metrology systems. We have found that the resulting decrease in capital expenditures has typically been more pronounced than the downturn in semiconductor device industry revenues. We expect the inelastic nature of demand for our products, and therefore, our business, to continue in the foreseeable future.

We depend on OEM suppliers for sales of our integrated metrology systems, and the loss of our OEM suppliers as a customer could harm our business.

We believe that sales of integrated metrology systems will continue to be an important source of our revenues. Sales of our integrated metrology systems depend upon the ability of OEMs to sell semiconductor equipment products that include our metrology systems as components. If our OEMs are unable to sell such products, or if they choose to focus their attention on products that do not integrate our systems, our business could suffer. If we were to lose our OEMs as a customer for any reason, our ability to realize sales from integrated metrology systems would be significantly diminished, which would harm our business.

Efforts to restructure our operations and align our resources with market opportunities could disrupt our business and affect our results of operations.

Since 2007, we have taken steps, including reductions in force, facility closures, and internal reorganizations to reduce the size and cost of our operations and to better match our resources with our market opportunities. We may take similar steps in the future to improve efficiency and match our resources with market opportunities. Any such changes could be disruptive to our business and may result in the recording of accounting charges. These include inventory and technology-related write-offs, workforce reduction costs and charges relating to

 

19


Table of Contents

consolidation of excess facilities. If we are required to take a substantial charge related to any future restructuring activities, our results of operations would be adversely affected in the period in which we take such a charge.

If any of our systems fail to meet or exceed our internal quality specifications, we do not ship them until such time as they have met such specifications. If we experience significant delays or are unable to ship our products to our customers as a result of our internal processes, or for any other reason, our business and reputation may suffer.

Our products are complex and require technical expertise to design and manufacture properly. Various problems occasionally arise during the manufacturing process that may cause delays and/or impair product quality. We must actively monitor our manufacturing processes to ensure that our products meet our internal quality specifications. Any significant delays stemming from the failure of our products to meet or exceed our internal quality specifications, or for any other reasons, would delay our shipments. Shipment delays could harm our business and reputation in the industry.

If we deliver systems with defects, our credibility will be harmed, revenue from, and market acceptance of, our systems will decrease and we could expend significant capital and resources as a result of such defects.

Notwithstanding our internal quality specifications, our systems have sometimes contained errors, defects and bugs when introduced. If we deliver systems with errors, defects or bugs, our credibility and the market acceptance and sales of our systems would be harmed. Further, if our systems contain errors, defects or bugs, we may be required to expend significant capital and resources to alleviate such problems. Defects could also lead to product liability as a result of product liability lawsuits against us or against our customers. We have agreed to indemnify our customers in some circumstances against liability arising from defects in our systems. In the event of a successful product liability claim, we could be obligated to pay damages significantly in excess of our product liability insurance limits.

Our largest customers account for a substantial portion of our revenue, and our revenue would materially decline if one or more of these customers were to purchase significantly fewer of our systems or if they delayed or cancelled a large order.

Historically, a significant portion of our revenues in each quarter and each year has been derived from sales to a relatively few customers, and we expect this trend to continue. There are only a limited number of large companies operating in the semiconductor industry. Accordingly, we expect that we will continue to depend on a small number of large customers for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. If any of our key customers were to purchase significantly fewer systems, or if a large order were delayed or cancelled, our revenues could significantly decline.

The success of our product development efforts depends on our ability to anticipate market trends and the price, performance and functionality requirements of semiconductor device manufacturers. In order to anticipate these trends and ensure that critical development projects proceed in a coordinated manner, we must continue to collaborate closely with our customers. Our relationships with our customers provide us with access to valuable information regarding industry trends, which enables us to better plan our product development activities. If our current relationships with our large customers are impaired, or if we are unable to develop similar collaborative relationships with important customers in the future, our long-term ability to produce commercially successful systems could be adversely affected.

We have had significant management changes since the end of the last fiscal year and these changes may impact our ability to execute our business strategy in the near term. In general, our success depends to a significant extent on the performance of our senior management and on our ability to identify, hire and retain key management personnel.

In August 2007, our Chief Executive Officer joined the Company. In November 2007, our Chief Financial Officer joined the Company. While we are confident in the officers’ abilities to manage the Company, our

 

20


Table of Contents

business may be affected. Furthermore, we must be able to identify, hire and retain key personnel. Although we have employment agreements with certain key members of our senior management team, including Messrs. Stultz, Schaefer and Crawford, these individuals or other key employees may still leave us. We do not have key person life insurance on any of our executives. In addition, to support our future growth, we will need to attract and retain additional qualified employees. Competition for such personnel in our industry is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified employees. If we fail to attract, motivate and retain qualified senior management personnel, our business could be harmed and our ability to implement our strategy could be compromised.

Failure To Achieve And Maintain Effective Internal Controls In Accordance With Section 404 Of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Could Have A Material Effect On Our Business.

As a publicly traded company, we are subject to rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 requires us to include an internal control report from management in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The internal control report must include the following: (1) a statement of management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, (2) a statement identifying the framework used by management to conduct the required evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, (3) management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not internal control over financial reporting is effective, and (4) a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Our assessment as of December 29, 2007 identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, which also adversely impacted our disclosure controls and procedures. A material weakness results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Since discovery of the material weakness, we have performed extensive additional work to obtain reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial statements. Even with this additional work, however, there is a risk of errors not being prevented or detected. For additional information refer to Item 9A. Controls and Procedures in this Annual Report.

Because of the material weakness referenced in the preceding paragraph, management has concluded that, as of December 29, 2007, our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective based on those criteria. This failure and any failure in the future to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 404 could have a material adverse effect on our business. Such noncompliance could result in perceptions of our business among customers, suppliers, lenders, investors, securities analysts and others being adversely affected. We may not be able to complete our remediation plans designed to address the identified material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting and continue to attract additional qualified accountants, and auditing and compliance professionals to assist in completing such plans and maintaining compliance programs.

Our current and potential competitors have significantly greater resources than we do, and increased competition could impair sales of our products.

We operate in the highly competitive semiconductor industry and face competition from a number of companies, many of which have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, marketing and customer support resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or market developments by devoting greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of products, which could impair sales of our products. Moreover, there has been merger and acquisition activity among our competitors and potential competitors. These transactions by our competitors and potential competitors may provide them with a competitive advantage over us by enabling them to rapidly expand their

 

21


Table of Contents

product offerings and service capabilities to meet a broader range of customer needs. Many of our customers and potential customers in the semiconductor industry are large companies that require global support and service for their metrology systems. Some of our larger or more geographically diverse competitors might be better equipped to provide this global support.

Successful infringement claims by third parties could result in substantial damages, lost product sales and the loss of important intellectual property rights by us.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to avoid infringing or misappropriating patents or other proprietary rights owned by third parties. From time to time we may receive communications from third parties asserting that our metrology systems may contain design features which are claimed to infringe on their proprietary rights. For example, in August 2005, we were served with a complaint by KLA alleging that certain of our products infringe two of KLA’s patents, Patent No. 6,483,580 and Patent No. 6,590,656. In January 2006, KLA added Patent No. 6,611,330 to its claim. For additional information, refer to Item 3. Legal Proceedings. There can be no assurance that Nanometrics’ new or current products do not infringe any valid intellectual property rights. Even if our products do not infringe, we may be required to expend significant sums of money to defend against infringement claims, as in the KLA lawsuit described above, or to actively protect our intellectual property rights through litigation.

We obtain some of the components and subassemblies included in our systems from a single source or a limited group of suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these suppliers could cause production delays and significant loss of revenue.

We rely on outside vendors to manufacture many components and subassemblies. Certain components, subassemblies and services necessary for the manufacture of our systems are obtained from a sole supplier or limited group of suppliers. We do not maintain any long-term supply agreements with any of our suppliers. We have entered into arrangements with J.A.Woollam Company for the purchase of the spectroscopic ellipsometer component incorporated in our advanced measurement systems. Our reliance on a sole or a limited group of suppliers involves several risks, including the following:

 

   

we may be unable to obtain an adequate supply of required components;

 

   

we have reduced control over pricing and the timely delivery of components and subassemblies; and

 

   

our suppliers may be unable to develop technologically advanced products to support our growth and development of new systems.

Some of our suppliers have relatively limited financial and other resources. Because the manufacturing of certain of these components and subassemblies involves extremely complex processes and requires long lead times, we may experience delays or shortages caused by our suppliers. If we were forced to seek alternative sources of supply or to manufacture such components or subassemblies internally, we could be forced to redesign our systems, which could cause production delays and prevent us from shipping our systems to customers on a timely basis. Any inability to obtain adequate deliveries from our suppliers, or any other circumstance that would restrict our ability to ship our products, could damage relationships with current and prospective customers, harm our business and result in significant loss of revenue.

Variations in the amount of time it takes for us to sell our systems may cause fluctuations in our operating results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Variations in the length of our sales cycles could cause our revenues to fluctuate widely from period to period. Our customers generally take long periods of time to evaluate our metrology systems. We expend significant resources educating and providing information to our prospective customers regarding the uses and

 

22


Table of Contents

benefits of our systems. The length of time that it takes for us to complete a sale depends upon many factors, including:

 

   

the efforts of our sales force and our independent sales representatives;

 

   

the complexity of the customer’s metrology needs;

 

   

the internal technical capabilities and sophistication of the customer;

 

   

the customer’s budgetary constraints; and

 

   

the quality and sophistication of the customer’s current processing equipment.

Because of the number of factors influencing the sales process, the period between our initial contact with a customer and the time at which we recognize revenue from that customer, if at all, varies widely. Our sales cycles, including the time it takes for us to build a product to customer specifications after receiving an order, typically range from three to nine months. Occasionally our sales cycles can be much longer, particularly with customers in Asia who may require longer evaluation periods. During the sales cycles, we commit substantial resources to our sales efforts in advance of receiving any revenue, and we may never receive any revenue from a customer despite our sales efforts.

If we do complete a sale, customers often purchase only one of our systems and then evaluate its performance for a lengthy period of time before purchasing additional systems. The purchases are generally made through purchase orders rather than through long-term contracts. The number of additional products that a customer purchases, if any, depends on many factors, including a customer’s capacity requirements. The period between a customer’s initial purchase and any subsequent purchases is unpredictable and can vary from three months to a year or longer. Variations in the length of this period could cause fluctuations in our operating results, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Relatively small fluctuations in our system sales volume may cause our operating results to vary significantly each quarter.

During any quarter, a significant portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of a relatively small number of systems. Our automated metrology systems range in price from approximately $200,000 to over $1,000,000 per system, our integrated metrology systems range in price from approximately $80,000 to $400,000 per system. Accordingly, a small change in the number or mix of systems that we sell could cause significant changes in our operating results.

We depend on orders that are received and shipped in the same quarter, and therefore our results of operations may be subject to significant variability from quarter to quarter.

Our net sales in any given quarter depend upon a combination of orders received in that quarter for shipment in that quarter and shipments from backlog. Our backlog at the beginning of each quarter does not include all systems sales needed to achieve expected revenues for that quarter. Consequently, we are dependent on obtaining orders for systems to be shipped in the same quarter that the order is received. Moreover, customers may reschedule shipments, and production difficulties could delay shipments. Accordingly, we have limited visibility into future product shipments, and our results of operations may be subject to significant variability from quarter to quarter.

Because of the high cost of switching equipment vendors in our markets, it may be difficult for us to attract customers from our competitors even if our metrology systems are superior to theirs.

We believe that once a semiconductor customer has selected one vendor’s metrology system, the customer generally relies upon that system and, to the extent possible, subsequent generations of the same vendor’s system, for the life of the application. Once a vendor’s metrology system has been installed, a customer must

 

23


Table of Contents

often make substantial technical modifications and may experience downtime in order to switch to another vendor’s metrology system. Accordingly, unless our systems offer performance or cost advantages that outweigh a customer’s expense of switching to our systems, it will be difficult for us to achieve significant sales from that customer once it has selected another vendor’s system for an application.

If we fail to develop new and enhanced metrology systems we will likely lose market share to our competitors.

We operate in an industry that is subject to technological changes, changes in customer demands and the introduction of new, higher performance systems with short product life cycles. To be competitive, we must continually design, develop and introduce in a timely manner new metrology systems that meet the performance and price demands of semiconductor manufacturers and suppliers. We must also continue to refine our current systems so that they remain competitive. We may experience difficulties or delays in our development efforts with respect to new systems, and we may not ultimately be successful in developing them. Any significant delay in releasing new systems could adversely affect our reputation, give a competitor a first-to-market advantage or cause a competitor to achieve greater market share.

Lack of market acceptance for our new products may affect our ability to generate revenue and may harm our business.

We have recently introduced several products to the market including the Nano CD suite, Nano Station, IVS 185, VerteX Rapid Photoluminescence Mapping System for Compound Semiconductors , Atlas-M and Orion. We have invested substantial time and resources into the development of these products. However, we cannot accurately predict the future level of acceptance of our new products by our customers. As a result, we may not be able to generate anticipated revenue from sales of these products. While we anticipate that our new products will become an increasingly larger component of our business, their failure to gain acceptance with our customers could materially harm our business. Additionally, if our new products do gain market acceptance, our ability to sell our existing products may be impeded. As a result, there can be no assurance that the introduction of these products will be commercially successful or that these products will result in significant additional revenues or improved operating margins in future periods.

Our intellectual property may be infringed upon by third parties despite our efforts to protect it, which could threaten our future success and competitive position and harm our operating results.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary technology for our principal product families, and we rely, in part, on patent, trade secret and trademark law to protect that technology. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, it will be easier for our competitors to sell competing products. We own or may license patents relating to our metrology systems, and have filed applications for additional patents. Any of our pending patent applications may be rejected, and we may not in the future be able to develop additional proprietary technology that is patentable. In addition, the patents we own, have been issued, or may license may not provide us with competitive advantages and may be challenged by third parties. Third parties may also design around these patents.

In addition to patent protection, we rely upon trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information and technology. We routinely enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees. However, in the event that these agreements may be breached, we may not have adequate remedies. Our confidential and proprietary information and technology might also be independently developed by or become otherwise known to third parties. We may be required to initiate litigation in order to enforce any patents issued to or licensed by us, or to determine the scope or validity of a third party’s patent or other proprietary rights. Any such litigation, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time consuming, and could subject us to significant liabilities or require us to re-engineer our product or obtain expensive licenses from third parties, any of which would adversely affect our business and operating results. In March 2006, we filed a complaint against Nova for infringing our Patent Nos. Re 34,783. In October 2006, we filed a new complaint against Nova for infringement

 

24


Table of Contents

of Patent No. 5,867,276 and 7,115,858. In April 2007, we and Nova agreed to dismiss, without prejudice, all pending patent litigation and have entered into a covenant not to sue one another for any patent for a period of one year.

If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves, we may be unable to complete these acquisitions or may not be able to successfully integrate an acquired business in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. To achieve this, from time to time we have acquired complementary businesses, products, or technologies instead of developing them ourselves and may choose to do so in the future. For example, in July 2006, we consummated our merger with Accent Optical, a leading supplier of process control and metrology systems to the global semiconductor manufacturing industry. At the outset, we do not know if we will be able to complete any acquisitions, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, operate them profitably or retain their key employees. Integrating any business, product or technology that we acquire could be expensive and time consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract our management. In addition, in order to finance any acquisitions, we may be required to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financings. In that event, we could be forced to obtain financing on terms that are not favorable to us and, in the case of an equity or convertible debt financing which may result in dilution to our stockholders. If we are unable to integrate any acquired entities, products or technologies effectively, our business will suffer.

We manufacture all of our systems at a limited number of facilities, and any prolonged disruption in the operations of those facilities could reduce our revenues.

We produce all of our systems in our manufacturing facilities located in Milpitas, California and to a lesser extent, we also manufacture through our subsidiary in South Korea and contract manufacturers in Japan and China. In addition, we perform limited subassembly for certain products at our York England facility. Our manufacturing processes are highly complex and require sophisticated, costly equipment and specially designed facilities. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of our manufacturing facilities, such as those resulting from a severe fire or earthquake, could seriously harm our ability to satisfy our customer order deadlines.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may be less effective in some foreign countries where intellectual property rights are not as well protected as in the United States.

In 2007, 2006 and 2005, 68.2%, 65.0% and 66.8%, respectively, of our total net revenues were derived from sales to customers in foreign countries, including certain countries in Asia, such as Japan, South Korea, China and Taiwan. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States, and many U.S. companies have encountered substantial problems in protecting their proprietary rights against infringement in such countries. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property in these countries, it would be easier for our competitors to sell competing products.

Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies.

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations, see “Significant Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 8, Note I of this Form 10-K. Such methods, estimates and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that leads us to change our methods, estimates and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations. In particular, the calculation of share-based compensation expense under SFAS No. 123(R) requires us to use valuation methodologies (which were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options) and a number of

 

25


Table of Contents

assumptions, estimates and conclusions regarding matters such as expected forfeitures, expected volatility of our share price, the expected dividend rate with respect to our common stock and the exercise behavior of our employees. Furthermore, there are no means, under applicable accounting principles, to compare and adjust our expense if and when we learn of additional information that may affect the estimates that we previously made, with the exception of changes in expected forfeitures of share-based awards. Factors may arise over time that leads us to change our estimates and assumptions with respect to future share-based compensation arrangements, resulting in variability in our share-based compensation expense over time. Changes in forecasted share-based compensation expense could impact our gross margin percentage; research and development expenses; marketing, general and administrative expenses; and our tax rate.

Our quarterly operating results have varied in the past and probably will continue to vary significantly in the future, which will cause volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly operating results have varied significantly in the past and are likely to vary in the future, which volatility could cause our stock price to decline. Some of the factors that may influence our operating results and subject our stock to extreme price and volume fluctuations include:

 

   

changes in customer demand for our systems;

 

   

economic conditions in the semiconductor industries;

 

   

the timing, cancellation or delay of customer orders and shipments;

 

   

market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products;

 

   

our ability to recover the higher costs associated with meeting our customers’ increasing service demands;

 

   

competitive pressures on product prices and changes in pricing by our customers or suppliers;

 

   

the timing of new product announcements and product releases by us or our competitors and our ability to design, introduce and manufacture new products on a timely and cost-effective basis;

 

   

the timing of acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies;

 

   

the levels of our fixed expenses, including research and development costs associated with product development, relative to our revenue levels; and

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the Japanese yen and the Great British Pound.

If our operating results in any period fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, the market price of our common stock would likely decline.

We incur increased costs as a result of changes in laws and regulations affecting public companies.

Compliance with changes in laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has resulted in and, we expect, will continue to result in substantial accounting, legal and administrative costs. In particular, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board impose requirements with respect to the evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls. The cost of complying with these requirements is substantial.

We are highly dependent on international sales and operations, which exposes us to foreign political and economic risks.

We maintain facilities in Japan, Taiwan, United Kingdom, South Korea, China and the European Union. We anticipate that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues. International sales and operations carry inherent risks such as: regulatory limitations imposed by foreign governments,

 

26


Table of Contents

obstacles to the protection of our intellectual property, political, military and terrorism risks, disruptions or delays in shipments caused by customs brokers or other government agencies, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs, customs, duties and other trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, and potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from changes in tax laws. If any of these risks materialize and we are unable to manage them, our international sales and operations would suffer.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates of foreign currency.

As a global concern, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. With our operations in Japan, South Korea, United Kingdom, Taiwan, the European Union and China, a significant percentage of our cash flows are exposed to foreign currency risk. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and cash flow.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local, and international laws governing the environment, including those relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal, labeling, and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. Compliance with current or future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire additional expensive equipment, modify our manufacturing processes, or incur other significant expenses. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur in the future as a result of the inability to obtain permits, human error, equipment failure or other causes.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

In September 2006, we changed our state of incorporation from California to Delaware. The anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

   

establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;

 

   

limit who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders.

Significant amounts of goodwill and intangible assets after the completion of the acquisitions of Accent and Soluris transactions could make our reported results more volatile.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or when an event occurs indicating the potential for impairment. The evaluation is prepared based on our current and projected performance for the identified reporting units. The

 

27


Table of Contents

fair value of our reporting units is determined using a combination of the cash flow and market comparable approaches. If we conclude at any time that the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets for any of our reporting units exceeds its implied fair value, we will be required to recognize an impairment, which could materially reduce operating income and net income in the period in which such impairment is recognized.

In the application of these methodologies, we were required to make estimates of future operating trends and judgments on discount rates and other variables. Actual future results and other assumed variables could differ from these estimates, including changes in the economy, the business environment in which we operate, and/or our own relative performance. Any differences in actual results compared to our estimates could result in further future impairments. Accordingly, our future earnings may be subject to significant volatility, particularly on a period-to-period basis.

Any future acquisitions we make, or attempt to make, could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition if we are not able to timely and successfully close the acquisition or successfully integrate acquired businesses and technologies.

We have made and may continue to make acquisitions of business and technologies to enhance our business. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including problems combining the purchased operations and key employees, technologies or products, unanticipated costs, diversion of management’s attention from our core business, adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers, risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and potential loss of key employees. The integration of businesses that we have acquired or that we may acquire in the future into our business has been and will continue to be a complex, time consuming and expensive process. Failure to operate as a combined organization utilizing common information and communication systems, operating procedures, financial controls and human resources practices could adversely impact the success of any business combination.

Continuing economic and political instability could affect our business and results of operations.

The ongoing threat of terrorism targeted at the United States or other regions where we conduct business increases the uncertainty in our markets and the economy in general. This uncertainty is likely to result in economic stagnation, which would harm our business. In addition, increased international political instability may hinder our ability to do business by increasing our costs of operations. For example, our transportation costs, insurance costs and sales efforts may become more expensive as a result of geopolitical tension. These tensions may also negatively affect our suppliers and customers. If this international economic and political instability continues or increases, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We received comments from the Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Staff”) in a letter dated November 15, 2007 with respect to our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2006. We responded to these comments on December 7, 2007. In a letter dated January 10, 2008, the Staff sent us additional comments, in the area of our revenue recognition policies and disclosures. We responded to these comments in a letter dated January 25, 2008. In a letter dated February 12, 2008, we received additional comments from the Staff requesting further clarification of our revenue recognition policies and disclosures. We will respond to these comments on March 17, 2008. We have considered the Securities and Exchange Commission comments in the preparation of this annual report on Form 10-K. We continue to discuss these comments with the Securities and Exchange Commission and it is possible that further comments could arise as a result of these discussions.

 

28


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

At December 29, 2007, our owned or leased facilities included those described below:

 

Type

  

Location

   Square
Footage
  

Use

Owned

   Milpitas, California    133,000    Corporate headquarters and manufacturing

Owned(1)

   Pyongtaek-city, South Korea    39,000    Sales, service, engineering and manufacturing

Owned

   Milpitas, California    3,038    Corporate housing

Leased

   Tokyo, Japan    7,500    Sales, service, corporate housing

Leased

   Kumamoto, Japan    3,250    Sales, service and engineering

Leased

   Osaka, Japan    1,000    Sales and service

Leased

   Yokkaichi, Japan    1,750    Sales and service

Leased

   York, England    49,000    Sales, service and engineering

Leased

   York, England    20,338    Sales, service and engineering

Leased

   York, England    1,300    Corporate housing

Leased

   Whasung-City, South Korea    4,780    Engineering

Leased

   Dong-Guang, Taiwan    9,400    Sales and service

Leased

   Shanghai, China    3,000    Sales and service

Leased

   Austin, Texas    1,130    Sales and service

Leased

   Bend, Oregon    5,200    Sales and service

Leased

   Beverton, Oregon    2,675    Sales and service

Leased

   Milpitas, California    7,000    Warehouse

 

(1)   Real estate improvements on this property are owned. The underlying land, however, is leased.

We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate for our current needs and anticipated growth.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In August 2005, KLA—Tencor Corporation (“KLA”) filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges that certain of our products infringe two of KLA’s patents. On January 30, 2006, KLA added a third patent to their claim. The complaint seeks a preliminary and permanent injunction against the sale of these products as well as the recovery of monetary damages and attorneys’ fees. We do not believe that any of our products infringe the intellectual property of any third party and we intend to vigorously and aggressively defend ourselves in the litigation. As part of such defense, we have filed requests for re-examination of all three of the allegedly infringed KLA patents with the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office (“PTO”). These requests for re-examination were accepted for review by the PTO. In March 2006, we filed a motion for and were granted a stay in the patent litigation case until such re-examination is completed. The PTO issued Office Actions for two of the re-examination proceedings on March 26, 2006, and an Office Action in the third re-examination proceeding on February 5, 2008. In the various Office Actions, the PTO rejected numerous claims of the three asserted KLA patents.

 

29


Table of Contents
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 29, 2007.

Our Executive Officers

The names of our executive officers and their ages, titles and biographies as of December 29, 2007 are set forth below:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Bruce C. Rhine.

   50    Chairman of the Board, Director, and former Chief Strategy Officer

Timothy J. Stultz

   59    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Gary C. Schaefer

   54    Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and Administration

Bruce A. Crawford.

   55    Chief Operating Officer

Bruce C. Rhine, 50, has served as our Chairman of the Board since July 2007 and as a director since July 2006. From July 2006 to February 2008, Mr. Rhine served as our Chief Strategy Officer . From March 2007 to August 2007, Mr. Rhine served as our interim Chief Executive Officer. From August 2000 to July 2006, Mr. Rhine served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Accent Optical Technologies, Inc. and as Accent Optical Technologies, Inc.’s President from January 2003 to April 2005 and from August 2000 to September 2001. Mr. Rhine holds a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Pennsylvania State University.

Timothy J. Stultz, 59, joined us in August 2007 as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director. From June 2003 to August 2007, Dr. Stultz served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Imago Scientific Instruments Corporation, a supplier of proprietary 3-D atom probe microscopes to the research materials and microelectronics industries. Prior to Imago, Dr. Stultz served as President and Chief Executive Officer for ThauMDx, a developer of diagnostic systems and technologies for the analysis of biomolecules, drugs and chemicals. Dr. Stultz received his B.S., M.S. and Ph.D. in Materials Science and Engineering from Stanford University.

Gary C. Schaefer has served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and Administration of Nanometrics since November 2007. Previous to his position as CFO, Mr. Schaefer served as Director of Internal Audit, and was an internal audit consultant for us during 2005 and 2006. Prior to joining Nanometrics, Mr. Schaefer served as a Sarbanes-Oxley consultant with Resources Global Inc., the operating subsidiary of Resources Connection, Inc., a multinational professional services firm, from March 2004 to March 2005. Mr. Schaefer served as CFO of Logic Devices Incorporated, a publicly-traded digital IC company from August 2003 to January 2004. Mr. Schaefer received his Bachelor of Science and Master of Business Administration from Santa Clara University.

Bruce A. Crawford has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2006. From July 2005 to July 2006, Mr. Crawford served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Accent Optical Technologies, Inc., a supplier of process control and metrology systems to the global semiconductor manufacturing industry, which was acquired by us in July 2006. From February 2003 to July 2005, Mr. Crawford served as Accent Optical’s Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President and from October 2000 to February 2003, he served as Vice President of Worldwide Operations. Mr. Crawford holds an A.S. degree from De Anza College.

 

30


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NANO.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market. These quotations represent prices between dealers and do not include retail markups, markdowns or commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

     High    Low

2007

     

First Quarter

   $ 8.51    $ 6.63

Second Quarter

   $ 6.94    $ 5.74

Third Quarter

   $ 9.00    $ 6.12

Fourth Quarter

   $ 11.71    $ 7.48

2006

     

First Quarter

   $ 15.71    $ 10.97

Second Quarter

   $ 15.43    $ 8.93

Third Quarter

   $ 10.83    $ 8.50

Fourth Quarter

   $ 10.37    $ 7.89

Stockholders

On February 28, 2008, the last reported sales price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $6.36 per share, and there were approximately 306 holders of record of our common stock. Because brokers and the institutions on behalf of stockholders hold many of our shares of common stock, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of December 29, 2007.

 

Plan category

   Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   2,543,982    $ 10.26    1,480,455

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)

   576,485    $ 8.56    127,456
            

Total

   3,120,467    $ 9.94    1,607,911
            

 

(1)   The material features of the 2002 Nonstatutory Stock Plan, which was adopted without the approval of security holders, is set forth in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

31


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph presentation compares cumulative five-year stockholder returns on an indexed basis, assuming a $100 initial investment and reinvestment of dividends, of (a) Nanometrics Incorporated, (b) a broad-based equity market index and (c) an industry-specific index. The broad-based market index used is the Nasdaq Composite Index and the industry-specific index used is the RDG Technology Composite Index.

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

LOGO

 

32


Table of Contents

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We have a stock repurchase plan in place that allows us to purchase securities on the open market or otherwise from time to time as conditions warrant. A summary of our repurchase activity for the three months ended December 29, 2007 is as follows:

 

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

As of the nine months ended September 29, 2007

   26,455

November 9, 2007

   15,000

November 12, 2007

   25,000

November 13, 2007

   25,000
    

Total for the quarter ended December 29, 2007

   65,000
    

Total for the year ended December 29, 2007 (Total shares repurchased under the plan)

   91,455
    

On July 26, 2007, our Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $4.0 million of our common stock. Share repurchases under this program may be made through open market and privately negotiated transactions, at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements and other market conditions. The stock repurchase program may be limited or terminated at any time without prior notice. As of December 29, 2007, $3.3 million remained available for the future purchase of shares of our common stock.

 

33


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2007     2006(a)     2005     2004    2003(b)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

           

Net revenues:

           

Products

   $ 126,049     $ 80,636     $ 61,012     $ 62,147    $ 34,592  

Service

     20,241       15,738       9,531       7,784      7,010  
                                       

Total net revenues

     146,290       96,374       70,543       69,931      41,602  

Costs of revenues:

           

Cost of products

     63,938       44,016       28,917       27,812      17,691  

Cost of service

     20,717       16,610       10,695       8,404      6,620  
                                       

Total cost of net revenues

     84,655       60,626       39,612       36,216      24,311  
                                       

Gross profit

     61,635       35,748       30,931       33,715      17,291  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     18,577       14,253       12,533       12,827      13,399  

Selling

     19,561       16,977       10,945       11,748      11,496  

General and administrative

     21,704       21,305       11,882       5,137      4,689  

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,782       5,338       256       —        —    

Restructuring charge

     2,128       —         —         —        —    

Gain on sale of assets

     (2,100 )     —         —         —        —    

Merger termination fee

     —         —         (8,300 )     —        —    

Asset impairment and disposition

     —         —         2,232       —        —    
                                       

Total operating expenses

     65,652       57,873       29,548       29,712      29,584  

(Loss) income from operations

     (4,017 )     (22,125 )     1,383       4,003      (12,293 )

Other (expense) income, net

     (22 )     (325 )     346       122      686  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (31 )     (323 )     218       426      5,860 (c)
                                       

Net (loss) income

   $ (4,008 )   $ (22,127 )   $ 1,511     $ 3,699    $ (17,467 )
                                       

Basic net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.22 )   $ (1.47 )   $ 0.12     $ 0.30    $ (1.45 )
                                       

Diluted net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.22 )   $ (1.47 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.28    $ (1.45 )
                                       

Shares used in per share computation:

           

Basic

     18,099       15,075       12,760       12,320      12,043  
                                       

Diluted

     18,099       15,075       13,471       13,364      12,043  
                                       

 

(a)   We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No 123(R) “Share-Based Payment” effective January 1, 2006.
(b)   The fiscal year ended January 3, 2004 included 53 weeks, whereas the other periods presented included 52 weeks.
(c)   The income tax provision for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2004 primarily represents a charge of $6,020 to record a valuation allowance against deferred income tax assets.

 

34


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year End
     2007    2006    2005    2004    2003
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 14,919    $ 7,957    $ 45,394    $ 33,868    $ 29,892

Working capital

     57,062      49,721      76,731      68,588      59,587

Total assets

     207,076      212,376      136,300      133,769      121,740

Long-term liabilities including current portion

     1,560      1,807      1,796      4,164      4,350

Total stockholders’ equity

     175,844      174,631      120,343      116,829      108,441

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those presented under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are an innovator in the field of metrology systems for the semiconductor manufacturing industries. Our systems are designed to precisely monitor film thickness and critical dimensions that are necessary to control the manufacturing process and provide increased production yields and performance.

Capital expenditures by manufacturers of semiconductors, especially in Asia, and their suppliers are critical to our success. The demand by these manufacturers and suppliers is driven by the expected market demand for new products and new applications. The increasing complexity of the 300mm manufacturing processes for semiconductors is an important factor in the demand for our innovative metrology systems. The incorporation of smaller features sizes, copper interconnect technology and optical critical dimension technology are expected to result in increased demand. Our strategy is to continue to innovate organically as well to evaluate strategic acquisitions in order to address business challenges and opportunities.

Our revenues are primarily derived from product sales, which includes sales of accessories, but are also derived from customer service for the installed base of our products. In 2007, we derived 86.2% of our total net revenues from product sales and 13.8% of our total net revenues from services.

Important Themes and Significant Trends

The semiconductor equipment industry is characterized by cyclical growth. Changing trends in the semiconductor industry continue to drive the need for metrology as a major component of manufacturing systems. These trends include:

 

   

Conversion to 300mm Wafer Size.     Semiconductor manufacturers are converting to 300mm wafers to achieve better production efficiencies. Most facilities are incorporating this wafer size, and our newest products are well-positioned to serve these facilities. It is important that we are successful in product evaluations with these new 300mm facilities in order to continue to gain market share.

 

   

Incorporation of Optical Critical Dimension Metrology in the Patterning Process.     Our customers use phototlithographic processes to create patterns on wafers. Critical dimensions must be carefully controlled during this process. Our proprietary optical critical dimension systems can provide the critical process control of these circuit dimensions that is necessary for successful manufacturing of these state of the art devices.

 

35


Table of Contents
   

Copper Interconnect Technology.     The need for ever increasing device circuit speed coupled with lower power consumption has pushed semiconductor device manufacturers to begin the replacement of the subtractive aluminum interconnect process with copper damascene technology. This new copper processing technology has driven the need for new metrology techniques such as non-destructive laser profiling and the use of optical critical dimension (OCD) technology for control of the copper process.

 

   

Drive toward 45nm and 32nm Feature Sizes.     In an effort to reduce costs and increase device performance, semiconductor manufacturers are decreasing both the die size and feature size. Monitoring the increased tolerance requirements on smaller features sizes requires increased use of metrology systems. In addition, new processing methodologies such as dual patterning are driving tighter requirements for imaging overlay metrology. Our thin film, overlay and critical dimension metrology systems are well suited and are being adopted for these next generation processes

 

   

Reduced Number of Customers.     Because of the escalating cost of 300mm manufacturing facilities, fewer semiconductor manufacturers can afford the significant investment in these next generation facilities. Therefore, fewer opportunities for semiconductors equipment companies exist. Given that the available number of potential customers is decreasing, pre-existing customer relationships, product positioning and critical mass take on greater importance.

 

   

Adoption of New Types of Thin Film Materials.     Manufacturers are adopting new processes and technologies that increase the importance and utilization of thin film metrology systems. To achieve greater semiconductor device speed, manufacturers are utilizing copper and new, low dielectric constant (low k) insulating materials. Our advanced metrology solutions are required in the manufacturing process to characterize these materials.

 

   

Need for Improved Process Control to Drive Process Efficiencies.     Competitive forces influencing semiconductor device manufacturers, such as price-cutting and shorter product life cycles, place pressure on manufacturers to rapidly achieve production efficiency. Device manufacturers are using our integrated and standalone metrology systems throughout the fab to ensure that manufacturing processes scale rapidly, are accurate and can be repeated on a consistent basis.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements conforms with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying our accounting policies that have an important impact on our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures at the date of our financial statements. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates including those related to bad debts, inventory valuations, warranty obligations and income taxes. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates. We believe that the application of the following accounting policies requires significant judgments and estimates on the part of management. For a summary of all of our accounting policies, including those discussed below, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition – We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Product revenue includes hardware and software that is incidental to the products. We derive revenue from three sources—sales of its process control metrology systems, spare part sales and service contracts. Our arrangements with customers do not contain provisions to grant general rights of return to our customers. Our arrangements for sales of our systems often include customer-specified objective acceptance criteria.

For product sales to existing customers, revenue recognition occurs at the time title and risk of loss transfer, which usually occurs upon delivery, if we have reliably demonstrated that the product has successfully met the

 

36


Table of Contents

defined customer specified acceptance criteria, and all other recognition criteria have been met. For initial sales of product where we have not previously met the defined customer specified criteria, product revenues are recognized upon the earlier of receipt of written customer acceptance or expiration of the contractual acceptance period.

In Japan, where our contractual terms with the customer specify risk of loss and title transfers upon customer acceptance, revenue is recognized upon receipt of written customer acceptance, provided all other recognition criteria have been met.

All products are assembled prior to shipment to customers. We often perform installation for our customers, however, such installation is inconsequential and perfunctory as it may also be performed by third parties and is not considered essential to the functionality of the equipment. Revenue related to spare parts sales is recognized upon shipment and is included as part of service revenue. Service revenue also includes service contracts and non-warranty, billable repairs of systems. Whereas service revenue related to service contracts is recognized ratably over the period under contract, service revenue related to billable repairs of systems not under contract is recognized as services are performed. On occasion, customers request a warranty period longer than the Company’s standard 12 month warranty. In those instances where extended warranty services are separately quoted to the customer, we follow the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Technical Bulletin 90-1, “Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts,” associated revenue is deferred and recognized to income ratably over the term of the contract. Unearned maintenance and service contract revenue is included in deferred revenue. Furthermore, we do not provide our customers with return rights. Service contracts may be purchased by the customer when the warranty period expires.

The guidance in EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, is considered in cases where certain elements of a sales arrangement are not delivered and accepted at the same time. In such cases, we defer the relative fair value of the undelivered element until that element is delivered to and accepted by the customer. In order to recognize revenue associated with delivered elements, the following criteria must be met: (a) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis; (b) there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s); and (c) delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control. If the arrangement does not meet all the above criteria, the entire amount of the sales contract is deferred until the criteria have been met or all elements have been delivered to the customer. Objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is based on the amounts we sell equivalent products or services for on a stand alone basis.

Our systems include hardware and software that is incidental to the system. We periodically review the software element of its equipment systems in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-05, Applicability of SP 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software , to ascertain that the software continues to be incidental.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – We maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Credit limits are established through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability of our customers. Where appropriate and available, we obtain credit rating reports and financial statements of customers when determining or modifying their credit limits. We regularly evaluate the collectibility of our trade receivable balances based on a combination of factors such as the length of time the receivables are past due, customary payment practices in the respective geographies and our historical collection experience with customers. We believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our risk associated with smaller rather than larger customers and that our reported allowances are adequate. If however, the financial conditions of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, we may need to record additional allowances which would result in additional general and administrative expenses being recorded for the period in which such determination was made.

 

37


Table of Contents

Inventories – We are exposed to a number of economic and industry factors that could result in portions of our inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage, or saleable only for amounts that are less than their carrying amounts. These factors include, but are not limited to, technological changes in our market, our ability to meet changing customer requirements, competitive pressures in products and prices, and the availability of key components from our suppliers. We have established inventory reserves when conditions exist that suggest that our inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is obsolete based upon our assumptions about future demand for our products and market conditions. We regularly evaluate our ability to realize the value of our inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales of usage, product end-of-life dates, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions. For demonstration inventory, we also consider the age of the inventory and potential cost to refurbish the inventory prior to sale. When recorded, our reserves are intended to reduce the carrying value of our inventory to its net realizable value. If actual demand for our products deteriorates, or market conditions are less favorable than those that we project, additional reserves may be required. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out method, or market.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations over their estimated fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. We determined that there were two reporting units, Products and Services. Our impairment review process, which is completed as of the last day of November of each year, compares the fair value of our reporting unit to the carrying value, including the goodwill related to each of the reporting units.

To determine the fair value, we use the income method which is based on a discounted future cash flow approach that uses estimates including the following for our reporting unit: revenue, based on assumed market growth rates and the Company’s assumed market share; estimated costs; and appropriate discount rates based on the particular reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital. Estimates of market growth, market share, and costs are based on historical data, various internal estimates and certain external sources, and are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. Our business consists of both established and emerging technologies and forecasts for emerging technologies are based upon internal estimates and external sources rather than historical information. If future forecasts are revised, they may indicate or require future impairment charges. We also considered its market capitalization on the dates of the impairment test in determining the fair value of the respective businesses.

The fair value estimates are based on the extensive use of management’s estimates and assumptions, and the result of these procedures can have a significant impact on our future operating results.

Long-Lived Assets – We account for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” . The statement requires us to evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be not recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, impairment may exist. To determine the amount of impairment, we compare the fair value of the asset to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference is recognized.

Product Warranties – We sell the majority of our products with a twelve month repair or replacement warranty from the date of acceptance which generally represents the date of shipment. We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to the cost of products sold. The estimated future warranty obligations related to product sales are reported in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The estimated future warranty obligations are affected by the warranty periods, sales volumes, product failure rates, material usage, labor and replacement costs incurred in correcting a product

 

38


Table of Contents

failure. If actual product failure rates, material usage, labor or replacement costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligations would be required. For new product introductions where limited or no historical information exists, we may use warranty information from other previous product introductions to guide us in estimating our warranty accrual. We also provide technical support to our customers as part of our warranty program. The warranty accrual represents the best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. We periodically assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty reserve and adjust the amounts in accordance with changes in these factors.

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities – We account for income taxes based on SFAS No. 109 “ Accounting for Income Taxes” , whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax accounting for assets and liabilities. Also, deferred tax assets must be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized in the future. We evaluate the deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis to determine whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate. Factors used in this determination include future expected income and the underlying asset or liability which generated the temporary tax difference. Our income tax provision is primarily impacted by federal statutory rates, state and foreign income taxes and changes in our valuation allowance.

Stock-Based Compensation – On January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “ Share-Based Payment” , (“SFAS 123(R)”), which requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated statement of operations. In March 2005, the SEC issued SAB 107 relating to SFAS 123(R). We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 in our adoption of SFAS 123(R). We adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard as of January 1, 2006, the first day of our fiscal year 2006. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, our financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). As of December 29, 2007, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was $5.2 million which is expected to be recognized as compensation expense over a weighted average period of 1.9 years. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS No. 123, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based compensation expense had been recognized in our consolidated statements of operations, because the exercise price of our stock options granted to employees and directors equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant.

See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

39


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table presents our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of total net revenues for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2007     2006     2005  

Net revenues:

      

Products

   86.2 %   83.7 %   86.5 %

Service

   13.8     16.3     13.5  
                  

Total net revenues

   100.0     100.0     100.0  
                  

Costs of net revenues:

      

Cost of products

   43.7     45.7     41.0  

Cost of service

   14.2     17.2     15.2  
                  

Total costs of net revenues

   57.9     62.9     56.2  
                  

Gross profit

   42.1     37.1     43.8  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   12.7     14.8     17.8  

Selling

   13.4     17.6     15.5  

General and administrative

   14.8     22.1     16.8  

Amortization of intangibles

   3.9     5.5     0.4  

Restructuring charge

   1.5     —       —    

Gain on sale of assets

   (1.4 )   —       —    

Merger termination fee

   —       —       (11.8 )

Asset impairment

   —       —       3.2  
                  

Total operating expenses

   44.9     60.0     41.9  
                  

(Loss) income from operations

   (2.8 )   (22.9 )   1.9  
                  

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

   0.1     0.9     0.0  

Interest expense

   (0.1 )   (0.1 )   0.0  

Other, net

   (0.0 )   (1.2 )   0.5  
                  

Total other (expense) income, net

   (0.0 )   (0.4 )   0.5  
                  

(Loss) income before provision (benefit) for income taxes

   (2.8 )   (23.3 )   2.4  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   (0.1 )   (0.3 )   0.3  
                  

Net (loss) income

   (2.7 )%   (23.0 )%   2.1 %
                  

 

40


Table of Contents

Fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 (ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively)

Total net revenues.     Our net revenues were comprised of the following categories (in thousands, except percent):

(In thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year            
       2007    2006    Change  

Automated systems

   $ 97,125    $ 56,114    $ 41,011    73 %

Integrated systems

     28,924      24,522      4,402    18 %

Service

     20,241      15,738      4,503    29 %
                       

Total net revenues

   $ 146,290    $ 96,374    $ 49,916      52 %
                       
     Fiscal Year            
     2006    2005    Change  

Automated systems

   $ 56,114    $ 37,861    $ 18,253    48 %

Integrated systems

     24,522      23,151      1,371    6 %

Service

     15,738      9,531      6,207    65 %
                       

Total net revenues

   $ 96,374    $ 70,543    $ 25,831    37 %
                       

In 2007, net revenues from automated systems increased $41.0 million as compared to 2006 reflecting demand for our automated and integrated products as semiconductor manufacturers continue to increase their manufacturing capacity. Also contributing to the higher revenues in 2007 was a full year of sales from Accent and Soluris related products. Incremental revenues from Accent and Soluris related products for 2007, over the comparable 2006 levels, was $14.1 million. Service revenue increased reflecting a full year of service activity from our Accent and Soluris acquisitions which contributed to higher sales of parts and services, due in part to a larger installed base of systems. In addition, we experienced a higher level of in-the-field tool upgrades than in the previous year.

In 2006, net revenues from automated systems increased as compared to 2005 as a result of additional revenues of $16.2 million and $4.5 million from Accent and Soluris related products, respectively. The increase in revenues was partially offset by a $1.9 million decrease of sales from our flat panel display business unit, or FPD, in fiscal 2005 due to the sale of our FPD business unit effective in October 2005 (see “Sale of Flat Panel Display Business Unit”, below). Sales of our integrated systems increased slightly as our channel distributors continue to integrate our products with growing end customers’ demand. Service revenue increased as a result of our Accent and Soluris acquisitions and due to more customers signing up for post-warranty service contracts.

Gross margins.     Our gross margin breakdown was as follows (in percent):

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Products

   49.3 %   45.4 %   52.6 %

Service

   (2.4 )   (5.5 )   (12.2 )

The product gross margin increased in 2007 as compared to 2006 due to improved efficiencies achieved from both higher volumes and the integration of manufacturing operations for Accent and Solaris related products. Also, contributing to the higher gross margin in 2007 were lower warranty expenses of $0.8 million due to improvements in product reliability. The improvement in gross margin for Service in 2007 reflects the favorable margin achieved from our in-the-field tool upgrades and our focus on controlling expenses including personnel, personnel related expenses and material costs as compared to 2006.

 

41


Table of Contents

The product gross margin decreased to 45.4% in 2006 as compared to gross margin of 52.6% in 2005. The decrease was due to higher warranty costs of $2.7 million and excess and obsolete inventory charges of $1.9 million. In addition, we incurred underutilization charges of $0.8 million at our Soluris facility acquired in March 2006. The negative gross margin for Service improved in 2006 as compared to 2005 by the positive service margins received from the Accent and Soluris operations; however, we have not been able to fully recover the higher costs associated with meeting our customers’ increasing service demands.

Operating expenses.     Our operating expenses were comprised of the following categories (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year              
     2007     2006     Change  

Research and development

   $ 18,577     $ 14,253     $ 4,324     30.3 %

Selling

     19,561       16,977       2,584     15.2  

General and administrative

     21,704       21,305       399     1.9  

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,782       5,338       444     8.3  

Restructuring charge

     2,128       —         2,128     100.0  

Gain on sale of assets

     (2,100 )     —         (2,100 )   100.0  
                          

Total operating expenses

   $ 65,652     $ 57,873     $ 7,779     13.4 %
                          
     Fiscal Year              
     2006     2005     Change  

Research and development

   $ 14,253     $ 12,533     $ 1,720     13.7 %

Selling

     16,977       10,945       6,032     55.1  

General and administrative

     21,305       11,882       9,423     79.3  

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,338       256       5,082     1985.2  

Merger termination fee

     —         (8,300 )     8,300     100.0  

Asset impairment and disposition

     —         2,232       (2,232 )   (100.0 )
                          

Total operating expenses

   $ 57,873     $ 29,548     $ 28,325     95.9 %
                          

Research and development.     The increase in research and development in 2007 of $4.3 million reflects expenses for the full year related to the additional headcount and related development expenses associated with our acquisitions of Accent in July 2006 and Soluris in March 2006, partially offset by lower stock-based compensation charges of $0.3 million.

The increase in research and development expenses in 2006 is due to the additional expenses of $3.0 million and $0.9 million associated with our acquisitions of Accent and Soluris, respectively, and to stock-based compensation charges of $1.3 million related to our adoption of SFAS 123(R). The increase was partially offset by cost cutting initiatives undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2005 including the sale of our flat panel display business unit in Japan and its related research and development function of $0.6 million and reductions in headcount related expenses in the United States.

In the United States and United Kingdom, our research and development efforts are focused on semiconductor metrology. In South Korea, our research and development efforts are focused on the overlay metrology. We are committed to the development of new and enhanced products and believe that new product introductions are required for us to maintain a competitive position.

Selling.     Selling expenses increased $2.6 million for the year 2007 over the comparable year of 2006 reflecting expenses for the full year related to the additional headcount and related expenses associated with the acquisitions of Accent in July 2006 and Soluris in March 2006 including higher commissions expenses of $0.4 million associated with higher revenue levels.

 

42


Table of Contents

Selling increased in 2006 due to the addition of $3.9 million associated with our acquisitions of Accent in July 2006 and $1.8 million associated with Soluris in March 2006. In addition we have incurred stock-based compensation charges of $1.0 million related to our adoption of SFAS 123(R).

General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses in 2007 increased slightly over the comparable period of 2006 as a result of termination charges of certain senior executives of $0.8 million, consulting, travel and recruiting expenses of $0.9 million and costs associated with enhancing our internal information technology infrastructure of $1.7 million. The 2007 increases were partially offset by lower legal expenses of $0.6 million as we settled the patent litigation with Nova in April 2007; lower regulatory and accounting compliance costs of $1.4 million and lower stock-based compensation charges of $0.7 million.

General and administrative expenses in 2006 increased as a result of increased headcount-related expenses of $3.0 million as we have expanded and enhanced our finance and administrative functions, higher legal expenses of $2.3 million associated with our patent infringement lawsuits with KLA and with Nova, additional general and administrative expense from our acquisitions of Accent and Soluris of $3.3 million, stock-based compensation charges of $2.1 million related to our adoption of SFAS 123(R) and $0.6 million of higher charges for professional services associated with compliance with regulatory requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. General and administrative expenses increased in 2005 as a result of professional services associated with compliance with regulatory requirements under the Sarbanes Oxley Act, legal expenses related to our patent infringement lawsuits, increased headcount relating to the expansion and enhancement our finance function and expenses associated with the restatement of our financial results for 2004 and the first two quarters of 2005.

Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets for 2007 increased $0.4 million from the comparable period in 2006 due primarily to incurring amortization charges for the full year in 2007 as compared to incurring amortization for only a part of the year in 2006 as the Soluris acquisition closed in March 2006 and the Accent acquisition closed in July 2006.

Restructuring charge.     During the third quarter of 2007, we announced that we would close our Milpitas, California machine shop and plating facility as part of our mission to reverse our manufacturing vertical integration and lower our breakeven point. In conjunction with this closure, we recorded a restructuring charge of $2.1 million consisting of $1.9 million write-down of fixed assets, $0.1 million for professional fees and $0.1 million for severance payments.

 

(in thousands)

   Professional
Fees
    Severance and
Other Benefits
    Other Charges     Total  

Restructuring charges

   $ 126     $     92     $ 1,910     $ 2,128  

Non-cash charges

     —         —         (1,910 )     (1,910 )

Cash paid

     (126 )     (92 )     —         (218 )
                                

Reserve balance at December 29, 2007

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
                                

Gain on the sale of assets.     In August 2007 we entered into a contract to sell a parcel of land and building in Japan and realized a gain on the sale of $1.1 million. In addition, the sale of a condominium in California was consummated in July 2007 and we realized a gain of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2007. We also sold other non-strategic assets during the third quarter of 2007 realizing a gain of $0.8 million.

Merger termination fee.     On January 21, 2005, we entered into a definitive merger agreement with August Technology Corporation. On June 28, 2005, we and August Technology announced the termination of the merger agreement. On that date, in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement, August Technology paid us a merger termination fee of $8.3 million plus $2.6 million as reimbursement of our expenses associated with the merger agreement which we had capitalized in the first and second quarters of 2005.

 

43


Table of Contents

Asset impairment.     In 2005 we recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.2 million related to certain assets in our FPD business unit. Under SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” , we should assess the recoverability of assets when events become known which would indicate potential impairment. We evaluated the estimated future cash flows of certain asset groups in our FPD business unit and determined the undiscounted estimated future cash flows would be insufficient to recover the carrying value of those assets. The impairment charge was measured based on the excess carrying value of the asset groups in excess of the associated discounted future cash flows. Accordingly, we recorded an asset impairment charge during the second quarter of 2005.

Other income (expense).     Our net other income (expense) consisted of the following categories (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year              
     2007     2006     Change  

Interest income

   $ 202     $ 851     $ (649 )   (76.3 )%

Interest expense

     (211 )     (60 )     (151 )   251.7 %

Other (loss) income

     (13 )     (1,116 )     1,103     (98.8 )%
                          

Total other (expense) income net

   $ (22 )   $ (325 )   $ 303     (93.2 )%
                          
     Fiscal Year              
     2006     2005     Change  

Interest income

   $ 851     $ 998     $ (147 )   (14.7 )%

Interest expense

     (60 )     (73 )     13     (17.8 )%

Other (loss) income

     (1,116 )     (579 )     (537 )   92.7 %
                          

Total other (expense) income, net

   $ (325 )   $ 346     $ (671 )   (193.9 )%
                          

The lower interest income is due to lower average cash and cash equivalent balances and lower yields obtained on our investments. Interest expenses relate to our debt obligations in Japan, which were fully paid in July 2007, and the United Kingdom. In addition we incur interest expense associated with the sale of our accounts receivable in Japan (see Note 4 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). Other income (expense) includes foreign exchange gains/losses, commission income and rental income and miscellaneous expenses. With the acquisition of Accent in 2006, we incurred foreign exchange losses due to exchange rate fluctuations associated with extensive intercompany balances assumed with the transaction.

Provision/Benefit for income taxes.     The benefit for income taxes for 2007 and 2006 of $0.0 million and $0.3 million was primarily due to benefiting the losses of certain foreign jurisdictions where sufficient deferred tax liabilities exist. Our effective tax rate was nil, (1.4)%, and 12.6% in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our income tax expense in 2005 was primarily a result of foreign income taxes as our U.S. federal income taxes were primarily offset by a reduction in deferred tax asset valuation allowances. In the future, we will continue to review our expectations for future taxable income to determine the amount of valuation allowance necessary to reserve against deferred tax assets.

Sale of Flat Panel Display (FPD) Business Unit

During 2005, our FPD business unit experienced a significant decline in net revenues and related gross profit as other competitors entered the market for these products. For 2005, flat panel sales declined to approximately $2 million, and less than 10% gross margin, from approximately $9 million of sales and gross margins of approximately 45% for the corresponding prior year. Because of the expected continued decline in profitability, we decided to exit this market.

In September 2005, we entered into an agreement to sell our FPD business unit to Toho Technology Corporation, or Toho, effective October 2005. Toho received a non-exclusive perpetual license to use and sell

 

44


Table of Contents

our Film Thickness Measurements Systems in the flat panel market in exchange for $1.5 million. In addition, Toho will pay us a 7% royalty on future sales in excess of ¥800 million. Toho also purchased certain other existing assets from us including $0.9 million of inventory and $0.1 million of equipment related to the FPD business unit. We did not recognize a gain or loss on this transaction as we had previously evaluated the estimated future cash flows of the FPD asset group and determined the undiscounted estimated future cash flows would be insufficient to recover the carrying value of those assets and we recorded an impairment charge in the second quarter of 2005 (see “Asset impairment” above).

We have also agreed with Toho to continue to provide sales efforts for FPD products and maintenance service for installed units in certain Asian countries. We will receive a commission from Toho on their future sales of FPD products in certain designated countries.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 29, 2007, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $14.9 million as compared to $8.0 million at December 30, 2006. At December 29, 2007, we had working capital of $57.1 million compared to $49.7 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in cash, cash equivalents and investments for the year ended December 29, 2007 of $7.0 million resulted primarily from cash provided by operating activities of $3.8 million, sale of assets of $3.9 million and sale of shares under our employee stock option and purchase plans of $4.1 million, partially offset by repayment of debt of $1.5 million.

The $32.5 million decrease in cash, cash equivalents and investments for the year ended December 30, 2006 resulted primarily from cash used in operating activities of $16.7 million, costs associated with our acquisitions of Soluris and Accent of $7.5 million and repayment of debt of $15.6 million, partially offset by maturities of short term investments of $5.0 million and the sale of shares under our employee stock option and purchase plans of $2.0 million.

We maintain arrangements under which eligible accounts receivable in Japan are sold without recourse to unrelated third-party financial institutions. The sale of these receivables accelerates our cash collection and reduces our credit exposure. See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Cash provided from operating activities for 2007 was $2.7 million comprised primarily of certain non-cash charges such as $5.8 million of amortization of intangible assets, $3.5 million of depreciation and $3.8 million of stock-based compensation offset by the net loss of $4.0 million and increases in working capital of $7.3 million due primarily to increases in accounts receivable of $9.5 million reflecting the increase in our revenues. Uses of net cash for operating activities was $16.7 million for 2006 was comprised of a net loss of $22.1 million, increases in inventories of $10.4 million offset by reductions of accounts receivable of $4.2 million and non-cash expenses of $12.4 million. The non-cash expenses were comprised of depreciation and amortization of $7.8 million from acquired intangible assets associated with our acquisitions of Accent and Soluris and by stock-based compensation of $5.0 million. For comparison, cash provided by operating activities during 2005 of $7.2 million was comprised of net income of $1.5 million, including the merger termination fee of $8.3 million, non-cash charges of $4.7 million including depreciation, amortization and an asset impairment charge of $2.2 million, and reductions of working capital of $1.0 million.

Investing activities provided net cash of $2.4 million and $14.3 million in 2007 and 2005, respectively, and used cash of $3.8 million in 2006. In 2007, we received sales proceeds of $3.8 million from the sale of assets (see preceding discussion for “Gain on sale of assets”) offset by capital expenditures of $1.4 million. Cash used by investing activities for 2006 of $3.8 million included cash outlays of $7.5 million related to our acquisitions of Soluris and Accent and capital expenditures of $1.1 million offset by the net reduction in our short-term investments, primarily United States Treasury Bills of $5.0 million. Cash provided by investing activities for 2005 of $14.3 million included the net reduction in our short-term investments, primarily United States Treasury Bills of $13.0 million and we received proceeds from the sale of assets of $1.6 million, (see preceding discussion for “Sale of Flat Panel Display Business Unit”) offset by capital expenditures of $0.3 million.

 

45


Table of Contents

Financing activities provided net cash of $1.8 million and $3.1 million in 2007 and 2005 and used net cash of $13.2 million in 2006, respectively. Cash provided by financing activities for 2007 resulted from the $4.1 million of proceeds of sale of common stock under our employee stock purchase and stock option plans offset by the repayment of debt of $1.5 million and repurchases of stock of $0.7 million. Cash used by financing activities for 2006 was due to repayments of short-term and long-term debt in Japan of $1.6 million and repayment of $14.0 million of debt assumed in the Accent merger. These amounts were partially offset by proceeds from the sale of stock from the exercise of employee stock options of $2.0 million. Cash provided by financing activities in 2005 resulted primarily from the sale of shares under our stock options plans, offset to some extent by the net repayment of debt obligations by our Japanese subsidiary.

We have evaluated and will continue to evaluate the acquisition of products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our business. These activities may result in product and business investments, which may affect our cash position and working capital balances. Some of these activities might require significant cash outlays. However, we believe working capital including cash and cash equivalents and funds available to us for our line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our needs through at least the next twelve months. However, we may require additional cash to fund acquisitions or investment opportunities or other events may arise in the future. In these instances, we may seek to raise such additional funds through public or private equity or debt financings or from other sources. We may not be able to obtain adequate or favorable financing at that time. Any equity or convertible debt financing we obtain may dilute your ownership interests and any debt financing could contain covenants that impose limitations on the conduct of our business.

In February 2007, we entered into a two-year agreement for a revolving line of credit facility in a maximum principal amount of $15.0 million. The instrument governing the facility includes certain financial covenants regarding net tangible worth. All borrowings under this credit line bear interest, at our election, at a per annum rate equal to the bank’s prime rate or at the Libor rate plus 2.25%. The revolving line of credit agreement includes a provision for the issuance of commercial or standby letters of credit by the bank on our behalf. The value of all letters of credit outstanding reduces the total line of credit available. The revolving line of credit is collateralized by a blanket lien on all of our domestic assets excluding intellectual property. Although we have no current plans to request any advances under this credit facility, we may use the proceeds of any future borrowing for general corporate purposes or for future acquisitions or expansion of our business.

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 29, 2007, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

 

          Payments due by period
     Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    3-5 Years    More than
5 Years

Debt obligations(1)

   $ 277    $ 148    $ 129    $ —      $ —  

Other long-term liabilities

   $ 1,283    $ —      $ 530    $ —      $   753

Operating lease obligations

   $ 2,181    $   868    $ 1,309    $       4    $ —  

 

(1)   Our debt obligations relate to an equipment financing arrangement in the United Kingdom. All amounts include interest, which we are obligated to pay.

We maintain certain open inventory purchase commitments with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply chain for key components. Our liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as mutually agreed upon between the parties. This forecast time-horizon can vary among different suppliers. We estimate our open inventory purchase commitment as of December 29, 2007 was approximately $12 million. Actual expenditures will vary based upon the volume of the transactions and length of contractual service provided. In addition, the amounts paid under these arrangements may be less in the event that the arrangements are renegotiated or cancelled. Certain agreements provide for potential cancellation penalties.

 

46


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective dates of adoption and effects on results of operations and financial condition.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks related to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Risk

A substantial part of our business consists of sales made to customers outside the United States: 68.2%, 65.0% and 66.8% of sales in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. A portion of the net revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our costs of net revenues and our other operating expenses are incurred by our international operations and denominated in local currencies. Foreign currency transactions resulted in a loss of $0.2 million, $1.2 million and $0.6 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations arises in part from current intercompany accounts in which costs (primarily product costs) from the United States and the United Kingdom are charged to our foreign subsidiaries. These intercompany accounts are denominated in U.S. dollars, Japanese Yen and British Pounds and the net payable to the United States parent amounted to $1.5 million as of December 29, 2007. A hypothetical 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rate at December 29, 2007 would result in less than $0.2 million increase or decrease in transaction gains or losses which would be included in our net income.

In foreign locations we have $3.3 million of net liabilities, including long-term loans payable to the United States and, as a result, a hypothetical 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rate at December 29, 2007 would result in $0.3 million increase or decrease in the net assets and a corresponding increase or decrease in other comprehensive income.

Interest Rate Risk

At December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, the Company did not hold investments in marketable securities. We have fixed-rate debt obligations in the United Kingdom that are denominated in British pounds sterling and have no interest rate risk. At December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, our total debt obligation was $0.3 million and $1.8 million, respectively, with a long-term portion of $ 0.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates at December 29, 2007 would not have a material impact on our results of operations.

 

47


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by Item 8 of Form 10-K is presented here in the following order:

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   49

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   50

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   51

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   52

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   53

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   54

Selected Quarterly Financial Results (Unaudited)

   83

 

48


Table of Contents

Report of BDO Seidman, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Nanometrics Incorporated

Milpitas, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nanometrics Incorporated as of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 29, 2007. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in Item 15 for the years ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nanometrics Incorporated at December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 29, 2007 , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Nanometrics Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 13, 2008 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

San Francisco, California

March 13, 2008

 

49


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,919     $ 7,957  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $323 and $841, as of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, respectively

     34,855       24,888  

Inventories

     33,343       43,601  

Inventories- delivered systems

     785       4,212  

Prepaid expenses and other

     2,598       3,639  
                

Total current assets

     86,500       84,297  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     44,419       43,294  

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible asset

     52,532       55,217  

Intangible assets, net

     21,820       27,583  

Other assets

     1,805       1,985  
                

Total assets

   $ 207,076     $ 212,376  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Revolving line of credit

   $ —       $ —    

Accounts payable

     13,931       9,155  

Accounts payable to related party

     —         181  

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     4,514       5,227  

Deferred revenue

     2,501       10,451  

Other current liabilities

     7,243       8,381  

Income taxes payable

     1,101       695  

Current portion of debt obligations

     148       486  
                

Total current liabilities

     29,438       34,576  

Deferred income taxes

     382       1,848  

Debt obligations and other long-term liabilities

     1,412       1,321  
                

Total liabilities

     31,232       37,745  

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 47,000,000 shares authorized; 18,620,682 and 18,141,589 respectively, outstanding

     19       18  

Additional paid-in capital

     187,180       182,096  

Accumulated deficit

     (13,917 )     (9,909 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,562       2,426  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     175,844       174,631  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 207,076     $ 212,376  
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Net revenues:

      

Products

   $ 126,049     $ 80,636     $ 61,012  

Service

     20,241       15,738       9,531  
                        

Total net revenues

     146,290       96,374       70,543  
                        

Costs of net revenues:

      

Cost of products

     63,938       44,016       28,917  

Cost of service

     20,717       16,610       10,695  
                        

Total costs of net revenues

     84,655       60,626       39,612  
                        

Gross Profit

     61,635       35,748       30,931  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     18,577       14,253       12,533  

Selling

     19,561       16,977       10,945  

General and administrative

     21,704       21,305       11,882  

Amortization of intangibles assets

     5,782       5,338       256  

Restructuring charge

     2,128       —         —    

Gain on sale of assets

     (2,100 )     —      

Merger termination fee

     —         —         (8,300 )

Asset impairment and disposition

     —         —         2,232  
                        

Total operating expenses

     65,652       57,873       29,548  
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (4,017 )     (22,125 )     1,383  
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     202       851       998  

Interest expense

     (211 )     (60 )     (73 )

Other, net

     (13 )     (1,116 )     (579 )
                        

Total other income (expense), net

     (22 )     (325 )     346  
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (4,039 )     (22,450 )     1,729  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (31 )     (323 )     218  
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (4,008 )   $ (22,127 )   $ 1,511  
                        

Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ (0.22 )   $ (1.47 )   $ 0.12  
                        

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ (0.22 )   $ (1.47 )   $ 0.11  
                        

Shares used in per share computation:

      

Basic

     18,099       15,075       12,760  
                        

Diluted

     18,099       15,075       13,471  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
    Shares     Amount            

Balances, January 1, 2005

  12,566,636     $ 104,191     $ —       $ 10,707     $ 1,931     $ 116,829    

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

  —         —         —         1,511       —         1,511     $ 1,511  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         (1,100 )     (1,100 )     (1,100 )
                   

Comprehensive income

  —         —         —         —         —         —       $ 411  
                   

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  424,258       2,947       —         —         —         2,947    

Tax benefit of employee stock transactions

  —         156       —         —         —         156    
                                               

Balances, December 31, 2005

  12,990,894     $ 107,294       —         12,218       831       120,343    

Reincorporation in Delaware

      (107,281 )     107,281           —      

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net loss

  —         —         —         (22,127 )     —         (22,127 )   $ (22,127 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         1,595       1,595       1,595  
                   

Comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —       $ (20,532 )
                   

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  285,481       —         1,970       —         —         1,970    

Stock-based compensation expense

  —         —         5,025       —         —         5,025    

Issuance of common stock in the Accent acquisition

  4,865,214       5       67,820       —         —         67,825    
                                               

Balances, December 30, 2006

  18,141,589     $ 18       182,096       (9,909 )     2,426       174,631    

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net loss

  —         —         —         (4,008 )     —         (4,008 )   $ (4,008 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

             

Employee benefit plan adjustment

            (345 )     (345 )     (345 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         481       481       481  
                   

Comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —         —         $ (3,872 )
                   

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

  717,374       1       4,093       —         —         4,094    

Stock-based compensation expense

  —         —         3,767       —         —         3,767    

Accent purchase price adjustment

  (146,826 )     —         (2,037 )     —         —         (2,037 )  

Repurchases of common stock

  (91,455 )     —         (739 )     —         —         (739 )  
                                               

Balances, December 29, 2007

  18,620,682     $ 19     $ 187,180     $ (13,917 )   $ 2,562     $ 175,844    
                                               

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Years Ended  
    December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income (loss)

  $ (4,008 )   $ (22,127 )   $ 1,511  

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    9,307       7,765       2,437  

Stock-based compensation

    3,767       5,025       —    

Asset impairment

    —         —         2,232  

Loss (gain) on disposal of asset

    (2,100 )     21       (6 )

Deferred tax liability

    (847 )     (437 )     —    

Non-cash portion of restructuring charges

    1,910       —         —    

Changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

    (9,519 )     4,218       1,717  

Inventories

    3,534       (7,106 )     (731 )

Inventories – delivered systems

    3,427       (3,307 )     —    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,403       (799 )     (555 )

Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

    3,302       (6,129 )     1,138  

Deferred revenue

    (7,748 )     6,223       63  

Income taxes payable

    243       (86 )     (558 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    2,671       (16,739 )     7,248  
                       

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Purchase of certain net assets in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    —         (7,538 )     —    

Purchases of short-term investments

    —         —         (50,030 )

Sales/maturities of short-term investments

    —         4,949       63,000  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (1,434 )     (1,183 )     (322 )

Proceeds from sale of assets

    3,863       —         1,603  
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    2,429       (3,772 )     14,251  
                       

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from issuance of debt obligations

    —         424       1,789  

Repayments of debt obligations

    (1,536 )     (15,578 )     (1,625 )

Repurchase of stock

    (739 )     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase and stock option plans

    4,094       1,970       2,947  
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    1,819       (13,184 )     3,111  
                       

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    43       1,207       (114 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    6,962       (32,488 )     24,496  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    7,957       40,445       15,949  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 14,919     $ 7,957     $ 40,445  
                       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

  $ 149     $ 46     $ 70  
                       

Cash paid (received) for income taxes, net

  $ 462     $ (22 )   $ 1,061  
                       

Capitalization of inventory as property, plant and equipment

  $ 6,746     $ —       $ —    
                       

Goodwill adjustment (Note 8)

  $ 2,685     $ —       $ —    
                       

Fair value of Nanometrics shares issued to former Accent stockholders

  $ —       $ 67,481     $ —    
                       

Fair value of Nanometrics shares issued to former Accent optionees

  $ —       $ 344     $ —    
                       

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

Note 1.    Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business – Nanometrics Incorporated (“Nanometrics” or the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries design, manufacture, market, sell and support thin film, optical critical dimension and overlay dimension metrology systems for customers in the semiconductor and, until October 2005, flat panel display industries (See Note 17 “Asset Impairment and Disposition”). These metrology systems precisely measure a wide range of film types deposited on substrates during manufacturing in order to control manufacturing processes and increase production yields in the fabrication of integrated circuits. The thin film metrology systems use a broad spectrum of wavelengths, high-sensitivity optics, proprietary software, and patented technology to measure the thickness and uniformity of films deposited on silicon and other substrates as well as their chemical composition. The Company’s optical critical dimension technology is a patented critical dimension measurement technology that is used to precisely determine the dimensions on the semiconductor wafer that directly control the resulting performance of the integrated circuit devices. The overlay metrology systems are used to measure the overlay accuracy of successive layers of semiconductor patterns on wafers in the photolithography process. The corporate headquarters of Nanometrics is located in Milpitas, California.

Basis of Presentation – The consolidated financial statements include Nanometrics Incorporated and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassification – The Company reclassified the amortization of intangible assets, previously included in cost of product and selling expenses, to a separate line on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Amounts reclassified were $5.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, the provision for doubtful accounts, the provision for excess, obsolete, or slow moving inventories, depreciation and amortization, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill, warranty reserves, income taxes, valuation of stock-based compensation, and contingencies.

Foreign Currency Translation – The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated from their respective local functional currencies at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the reporting period. Resulting translation adjustments are reflected in “Accumulated other comprehensive income,” a component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are reflected in “Other income” in the consolidated statements of operations in the period incurred and consist of a loss for years 2007, 2006 and 2005 of $0.2 million, $1.2 million, and $0.6 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Product revenue includes hardware and software that is incidental to the products. The Company derives revenue from three sources—sales of its process control metrology systems, spare part sales and service contracts. Nanometrics’ arrangements with customers do not contain provisions to grant general rights of return to our customers. The Company’s arrangements for sales of our systems often include customer-specified objective acceptance criteria.

 

54


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

For product sales to existing customers, revenue recognition occurs at the time title and risk of loss transfer, which usually occurs upon delivery, if the Company has reliably demonstrated that the product has successfully met the defined customer specified acceptance criteria, and all other recognition criteria have been met. For initial sales of product where the Company has not previously met the defined customer specified criteria, product revenues are recognized upon the earlier of receipt of written customer acceptance or expiration of the contractual acceptance period.

In Japan, where the Company’s contractual terms with the customer specify risk of loss and title transfers upon customer acceptance, revenue is recognized upon receipt of written customer acceptance, provided all other recognition criteria have been met.

All products are assembled prior to shipment to customers. The Company often performs installation for its customers, however, such installation is inconsequential and perfunctory as it may also be performed by third parties and is not considered essential to the functionality of the equipment. Revenue related to spare parts sales is recognized upon shipment and is included as part of service revenue. Service revenue also includes service contracts and non-warranty, billable repairs of systems. Whereas service revenue related to service contracts is recognized ratably over the period under contract, service revenue related to billable repairs of systems not under contract is recognized as services are performed. On occasion, customers request a warranty period longer than the Company’s standard 12 month warranty. In those instances where extended warranty services are separately quoted to the customer, the Company follows the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Technical Bulletin 90-1, “Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts,” associated revenue is deferred and recognized to income ratably over the term of the contract. Unearned maintenance and service contract revenue is included in deferred revenue. Furthermore, the Company does not provide its customers with return rights. Service contracts may be purchased by the customer when the warranty period expires.

The guidance in EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, is considered in cases where certain elements of a sales arrangement are not delivered and accepted at the same time. In such cases, the Company defers the relative fair value of the undelivered element until that element is delivered to and accepted by the customer. In order to recognize revenue associated with delivered elements, the following criteria must be met: (a) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis; (b) there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s); and (c) delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. If the arrangement does not meet all the above criteria, the entire amount of the sales contract is deferred until the criteria have been met or all elements have been delivered to the customer. Objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is based on the amounts the Company sells equivalent products or services for on a stand alone basis.

The Company’s systems include hardware and software that is incidental to the system. The Company periodically reviews the software element of its equipment systems in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-05, Applicability of SP 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software , to ascertain that the software continues to be incidental.

Fiscal Year – The Company uses a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday nearest to December 31. Accordingly, 2007 consisted of 52 weeks ending December 29, 2007, 2006 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on December 30, 2006, 2005 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on December 31, 2005.

 

55


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Short-Term Investments – Short-term investments consist of United States Treasury Bills which are stated at fair value based on quoted market prices. Short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale based on Nanometrics’ intended use. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. The unrealized gains and losses from short-term investments are included in other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are included in other income or expense. Such amounts have not been material during any of the periods presented. All of the short-term investments have a contractual maturity of one year or less.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt obligations. Cash equivalents and short-term investments are stated at fair market value based on quoted market prices. The carrying values of accounts receivable and accounts approximate their fair values because of the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. For long-term debt obligations, because the interest rates on such debt are fixed and the interest rates for long-term rates have not fluctuated significantly, the carrying values of long-term debt obligations approximate their fair values.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Customer credit limits are established through a process of reviewing their financial history and stability. Where appropriate and available, the Company obtains credit rating reports and financial statements of customers when determining or modifying their credit limits. The Company regularly evaluates the collectibility of its trade receivable balances based on a combination of factors such as the length of time the receivables are past due, customary payment practices in the respective geographies and historical collection experience with customers. The Company believes that the allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the risk associated with smaller rather than larger customers and that reported allowances are adequate. If however, the financial conditions of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, the Company may need to record additional allowances which would result in additional general and administrative expenses being recorded for the period in which such determination was made.

Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out method, or market. The Company is exposed to a number of economic and industry factors that could result in portions of its inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage, or saleable only for amounts that are less than their carrying amounts. These factors include, but are not limited to, technological changes in the market, Nanometrics’ ability to meet changing customer requirements, competitive pressures in products and prices, and the availability of key components from its suppliers. The Company has established inventory reserves when conditions exist that suggest that its inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand for its products and market conditions. The Company regularly evaluates its ability to realize the value of its inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales of usage, product end-of-life dates, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions. For demonstration inventory, the age of the inventory and potential cost to refurbish the inventory prior to sale is also considered. When recorded, reserves are intended to reduce the carrying value of the inventory to its net realizable value. If actual demand for specified products deteriorates, or market conditions are less favorable than those projected, additional reserves may be required.

 

56


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Property, Plant and Equipment – Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight–line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

Building and improvements

   5–40 years

Machinery and equipment

   3–10 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3–10 years

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations over their estimated fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). The Company determined that there were two reporting units, Products and Services. The Company’s impairment review process, which is completed as of the last day of November of each year, compares the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit to the carrying value, including the goodwill related to each of the reporting units.

To determine the fair value, the Company uses the income method which is based on a discounted future cash flow approach that uses estimates including the following for the Company’s reporting unit: revenue, based on assumed market growth rates and the Company’s assumed market share; estimated costs; and appropriate discount rates based on the particular reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital. Estimates of market growth, market share, and costs are based on historical data, various internal estimates and certain external sources, and are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The Company’s business consists of both established and emerging technologies and forecasts for emerging technologies are based upon internal estimates and external sources rather than historical information. If future forecasts are revised, they may indicate or require future impairment charges. The Company also considered its market capitalization on the dates of the impairment test in determining the fair value of the respective businesses.

The fair value estimates are based on the extensive use of management’s estimates and assumptions, and the result of these procedures can have a significant impact on the Company’s future operating results.

Long-Lived Assets – The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”). The statement requires the Company to evaluate its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, impairment may exist. To determine the amount of impairment, the Company compares the fair value of the asset to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference is recognized.

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities – The Company accounts for income taxes based on SFAS No. 109 “ Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”), whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax accounting for assets and liabilities. Also, deferred tax assets must be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized in the future. The Company evaluates the deferred tax assets on an annual basis to determine whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate. Factors used in this

 

57


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

determination include future expected income and the underlying asset or liability which generated the temporary tax difference. The income tax provision is primarily impacted by federal statutory rates, state and foreign income taxes and changes in the valuation allowance.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income – Accumulated other comprehensive income of $2.6 million as of December 29, 2007 consists of $0.3 million of unrealized loss related to Taiwan pension activity and accumulated translation adjustments, net of income taxes, of $2.9 million. Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 30, 2006 consisted of accumulated translation adjustments, net of income taxes of $2.4 million.

Product Warranties – The Company sells the majority of its products with a 12 month repair or replacement warranty from the date of acceptance. The Company provides an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to the cost of products sold. The estimated future warranty obligations related to product sales are recorded in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The estimated future warranty obligations are affected by the warranty periods, sales volumes, product failure rates, material usage, labor and replacement costs incurred in correcting a product failure. If actual product failure rates, material usage, labor or replacement costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligations would be required. For new product introductions where limited or no historical information exists, the Company may use warranty information from other previous product introductions to guide it in estimating its warranty accrual. The Company also provides technical support to its customers as part of its warranty program. The warranty accrual represents the best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its reported warranty reserve and adjusts the amounts in accordance with changes in these factors.

A reconciliation of the changes to the Company’s warranty accrual for 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 4,349     $ 1,440     $ 1,055  

Balance assumed through acquisitions

     —         1,330       —    

Actual warranty costs

     (3,207 )     (2,626 )     (1,170 )

Provision for warranty

     3,403       4,205       1,555  
                        

Balance as of end of period

   $ 4,545     $ 4,349     $ 1,440  
                        

Guarantees – In addition to product warranties, from time to time, in the normal course of business, the Company indemnifies certain customers with whom it enters into a contractual relationship. The Company has agreed to hold the other party harmless against third party claims that its products, when used for their intended purpose(s), infringe the intellectual property rights of such third party or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim. Historically, the Company has not made payments under these obligations and believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the balance sheets as of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006.

 

58


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Shipping and Handling Costs – Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of revenues.

Advertising Costs – The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation – Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) “Share Based Payments” on January 1, 2006, the Company began estimating the value of employee stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the value of each employee stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model for the purpose of the pro forma financial disclosure in accordance with SFAS 123. The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. The expected term of options granted is calculated based on the simplified method allowed by Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price.

Defined Employee Benefit Plans The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan in Taiwan for which current service costs are charged to operations as they accrue based on services rendered by employees during the year. Pension benefit obligations are determined by using management’s actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases and employer turnover rates. Obligations are recorded under the corridor method in accordance with SFAS No. 158, “ Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans ” (“SFAS 158”).

Net Income Per Share – Basic net income (loss) per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share reflects the potential dilution from outstanding dilutive stock options (using the treasury stock method) and shares issuable under the employee stock purchase plan. During 2007 and 2006, diluted net loss per share excludes common equivalent shares outstanding, as their effect is antidilutive. For 2005, stock options with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of common stock were excluded from the diluted weighted average shares outstanding, as their effect is anti-dilutive. The reconciliation of the share denominator used in the basic and diluted net income per share computations is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006
   December 31,
2005

Weighted average shares outstanding – shares used in basic net income per share computation

   18,099    15,075    12,760

Dilutive effect of stock options, using the treasury stock method

   —      —      711
              

Shares used in diluted net income per share computation

   18,099    15,075    13,471
              

For 2007, 2006 and 2005, diluted net income (loss) per share excluded common equivalent shares outstanding of 2.3 million, 2.2 million, and 1.2 million, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties – Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable (see Note 4). All cash equivalents at December 29, 2007 and December 31, 2006 were deposited with

 

59


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

two financial institutions which the Company believes are of high credit quality. Cash equivalent deposits with financial institutions may, at times, exceed federally insured limits, however, the Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts.

For short-term investments, credit risk is limited by placing all investments with high credit quality issuers and limits the amount of investment with any one issuer. The Company only invests in United States Treasury Bills with maturities of one year or less. There were no short-term investments as of December 29, 2007 or December 30, 2006.

The Company sells its products primarily to end users in the United States, Asia and Europe and, generally, does not require its customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. Management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and maintains an allowance for estimated potential bad debt losses. The Company’s customer base is highly concentrated and a relatively small number of customers have accounted for a significant portion of its revenues. Aggregate revenue from the Company’s top ten largest customers in 2007 and 2006 consisted of 60% and 65%, respectively, of its total net revenues. See Note 21, Major Customers.

The Company participates in a dynamic high technology industry and believes that changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on its future financial position, results of operations or cash flows: Advances and trends in new technologies and industry standards; competitive pressures in the form of new products or price reductions on current products; changes in product mix; changes in the overall demand for products offered; changes in third-party manufacturers; changes in key suppliers; changes in certain strategic relationships or customer relationships; litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property, patent, product, regulatory or other factors; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; risk associated with changes in domestic and international economic and/or political regulations; availability of necessary components or subassemblies; disruption of manufacturing facilities; and its ability to attract and retain employees necessary to support its growth.

Certain components and subassemblies used in the Company’s products are purchased from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. In particular, the Company currently purchases its spectroscopic ellipsometer and robotics used in its advanced measurement systems from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers located in the United States. Any shortage or interruption in the supply of any of the components or subassemblies used in its products or its inability to procure these components or subassemblies from alternate sources on acceptable terms could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “ Business Combinations ” (SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R amends SFAS 141 and provides revised guidance for recognizing and measuring identifiable assets and goodwill acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. It also provides disclosure requirements to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. It is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and will be applied prospectively.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “ Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires that ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, and the amount of consolidated net income, be clearly

 

60


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

identified, labeled, and presented in the consolidated financial statements. It also requires once a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained non-controlling equity investment in the former subsidiary be initially measured at fair value. Sufficient disclosures are required to clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. It is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements shall be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 160 on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits all entities to elect to measure eligible assets and liabilities at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS 157. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of the provisions of SFAS 159.

In September 2006, the FASB finalized SFAS No. 157, “ Fair Value Measurements ” (“SFAS 157”). This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements; however, it does not require any new fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued Final FASB Staff Position, or FSP No. FAS 157-2. The FSP, which was effective upon issuance, delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value at least once a year, to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The FSP also covers interim periods within the fiscal years for items within its scope. The delay is intended to allow the FASB and its constituents the time to consider the various implementation issues associated with SFAS 157. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a significant impact on its financial position or results of operations.

Note 2.    Acquisitions

Soluris Inc.

On March 15, 2006, Nanometrics announced that it had acquired Soluris Inc., (“Soluris”) a Concord, Massachusetts-based privately held corporation focused on overlay and CD measurement technology. The acquisition of Soluris, which was renamed Nanometrics IVS Division, is expected to enhance Nanometrics’ line of overlay products and provide access to new customers. Under the terms of the merger agreement, which was an all-cash transaction, the total consideration to purchase all the outstanding stock of Soluris was $7.0 million including $0.4 million in transaction fees, including legal, valuation and accounting fees. The merger has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “ Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”). Under the purchase method of accounting, the total estimated purchase price is allocated to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of Soluris acquired in connection with the merger, based on their respective estimated fair values. The results of operations of Soluris were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the date of the acquisition.

The allocation of the Soluris purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on management’s estimates of fair value at the date of acquisition. When estimating fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management considered a number of factors, including valuations, appraisals and assumptions which are subject to change.

 

61


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The allocation of the Soluris purchase price is summarized below (in thousands):

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash

   $ 67  

Accounts receivable

     517  

Inventories

     1,559  

Other assets

     113  
        

Total tangible assets acquired

     2,256  
        

Liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts payable

     (562 )

Accrued compensation

     (450 )

Deferred revenue

     (846 )

Other accrued liabilities

     (504 )
        

Total liabilities assumed

     (2,362 )
        

Net liabilities assumed

     (106 )

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (160 )

Goodwill and other intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

     3,582  

Customer relationships

     2,500  

Patented technology

     700  

Non-compete agreements

     50  

Trademark

     400  
        

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

     7,232  
        

Net purchase price

   $ 6,966  
        

The patented technology is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years and customer relationships are being amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated useful life of nine years designed to match the amortization to the benefits where applicable. The amount allocated to the trademark has been determined to have an indefinite life. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “ Goodwill and other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), the Company will not amortize the goodwill and trademark, but will evaluate them annually for impairment or whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that they might be impaired.

If the Company had acquired Soluris at the beginning of the periods presented, the Company’s unaudited pro forma net revenues, net loss and net loss per share would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended  
     December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Net revenues

   $ 97,489     $ 79,216  

Net loss

     (22,785 )     (173 )

Net loss per share:

    

Basic

   $ (1.51 )   $ (0.01 )

Diluted

   $ (1.51 )   $ (0.01 )

 

62


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Accent Optical Technologies Inc.

On July 21, 2006, Nanometrics completed its acquisition of Accent Optical Technologies, Inc. (“Accent”), a Bend Oregon-based privately held corporation focused on overlay and thin film metrology and process control systems. The acquisition of Accent is expected to enhance Nanometrics’ line of overlay and thin film products and to provide access to new customers, especially in Europe. Under the terms of the merger agreement relating to the acquisition, the total estimated purchase price of $70.6 million includes the exchange of Nanometrics common stock valued at $65.4 million, assumed stock options with a fair value of $0.3 million, a loan made to Accent prior to completion of the acquisition of $2.5 million and direct transaction costs of $2.3 million. The merger has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141. Under the purchase method of accounting, the total estimated purchase price is allocated to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of Accent acquired in connection with the merger, based on their respective estimated fair values. The Accent and Soluris acquisitions were made to allow the combined organization to be more competitive and to achieve greater financial strength, operational efficiencies, access to capital and growth potential than either company could separately achieve. These factors contributed to the purchase price in excess of the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired in the Accent and Soluris acquisitions. The results of operations of Accent were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the date of the acquisition.

The purchase price includes the issuance of 4.865 million shares of Nanometrics common stock at an average market price per share of Nanometrics common stock of $13.87 reflecting the average of the closing market price of Nanometrics common stock for the period beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after the merger was announced.

Under the terms of the merger agreement, each outstanding in-the-money option to purchase Accent stock and each option granted on or after January 23, 2006 (whether in-the-money or not) to purchase Accent stock was assumed and converted into an option to purchase Nanometrics common stock. Nanometrics assumed stock options to purchase Accent common stock, which are exercisable for 0.2 million shares of Nanometrics common stock. The fair value of the vested options assumed was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions: volatility of 66.3%; risk-free interest rate of 4.3%, expected life of 4.5 years and dividend yield of zero.

During 2007, in accordance with EITF 93-7, the Company recorded adjustments to the recorded goodwill of $0.6 million relating to the true-up of the acquiree’s tax positions relating to periods prior to acquisition by the Company which related primarily to certain research and development tax deductions and intercompany loan interest deductions.

Pursuant to the merger agreement, 486,505 shares of Nanometrics common stock delivered as consideration in the merger were withheld and deposited in an escrow fund in order to secure Accent and its former stockholders’ performance of indemnification obligations under the merger agreement. Upon closing, Nanometrics had a claim on the escrow for a number of shares equal to the Accent transaction costs that exceed $4.2 million, divided by the ten-day average closing price of Nanometrics common stock prior to submission of the claim. During the third quarter of 2007, the Company filed a claim on the escrow shares for $1,037,000 for transaction expenses in excess of the $4.2 million. Accordingly, 146,826 shares of common stock deposited into escrow were retained by the Company with the remainder of shares in escrow distributed to the former Accent stockholders. As the original valuation of Accent included the value of the common stock shares deposited into escrow, the Company recorded an adjustment to goodwill of $2.0 million during the third quarter of 2007 equal to the original valuation of the common stock shares retained.

 

63


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The allocation of the Accent purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on management’s estimates of fair value at the date of acquisition. When estimating fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management considered a number of factors, including valuations, appraisals and assumptions.

The total purchase price of the merger is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value of Nanometrics shares issued to Accent stockholders

   $ 67,481  

Fair value of Nanometrics shares held in escrow and retained by the Company

     (2,037 )

Fair value of Nanometrics shares issuable to former Accent optionees

     344  

Loan to Accent

     2,500  

Direct transaction fees and expenses

     2,305  
        

Total purchase price

   $ 70,593  
        

The allocation of the Accent purchase price is summarized below (in thousands):

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash

   $ 3,845  

Accounts receivable

     9,767  

Inventories

     10,669  

Fixed assets

     1,256  

Other assets

     1,765  
        

Total tangible assets acquired

     27,302  
        

Liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts payable

     (4,319 )

Accrued compensation

     (3,133 )

Short term loans

     (14,020 )

Accrued interest

     (1,717 )

Accent transaction expenses

     (5,011 )

Deferred income tax liability

     (1,477 )

Deferred revenue

     (354 )

Other accrued liabilities

     (4,259 )
        

Total liabilities assumed

     (34,290 )
        

Net liabilities assumed

     (6,988 )

Goodwill and other intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

     48,550  

Customer relationships

     13,200  

Developed technology

     9,100  

Brand names

     3,600  

Backlog

     3,131  
        

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

     77,581  
        

Net estimated purchase price

   $ 70,593  
        

 

64


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The patented technology and brand names are being amortized over an estimated average useful life of eight years and customer relationships are being amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated useful life of nine years designed to match the amortization to the benefits where applicable. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but will evaluate it annually for impairment or whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that it might be impaired.

During the third quarter of 2006, the Company finalized its plans to transition the York England manufacturing operations to outside contractors in Asia. The integration plan included the involuntary termination or relocation of approximately 35 employees in the United States and the transition of all manufacturing operations from the York, England facility to outside contract manufactures. The consolidation of the manufacturing operations as well as involuntary employee terminations was completed in the third quarter of 2007. The acquisition-related restructuring liabilities were accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination” and SFAS No. 112 “Employer’s Accounting for Postemployment Benefits” and therefore were included in the purchase price allocation of the cost to acquire Accent. The Company recorded a liability of $1.0 million for these activities as of July 21, 2006. As of December 30, 2006, the Company paid $0.8 million of these charges. The Company paid the remaining restructuring reserve balance of $0.2 million during 2007.

If the Company had acquired Accent at the beginning of the periods presented, the Company’s unaudited pro forma net revenues, net loss and net loss per share would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended  
     December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Net revenues

   $ 121,512     $ 112,417  

Net loss

     (25,321 )     (3,738 )

Net loss per share:

    

Basic

   $ (1.45 )   $ (0.22 )

Diluted

   $ (1.45 )   $ (0.22 )

Note 3.    Stock-Based Compensation

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “ Share-Based Payment” , (“SFAS 123(R)”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively “Employee Stock Purchases”) based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “ Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ” (“APB 25”) for periods beginning in fiscal 2006. In March 2005, the SEC issued SAB 107 relating to SFAS 123(R). The Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123(R).

The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard as of January 1, 2006, the beginning of the Company’s fiscal year 2006. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the Company’s financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).

 

65


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS 123, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based compensation expense had been recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, because the exercise price of the Company’s stock options granted to employees and directors equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 included compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rate in 2007 and 2006 of 22.7% and 14.4%, respectively, was based on historical forfeiture experience. In the Company’s pro forma information, required under SFAS No. 123 for the periods prior to 2006, the Company estimated forfeitures at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those estimates.

SFAS 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options to be classified as financing cash flows. There were no such tax benefits during fiscal 2007 and 2006. Prior to the adoption of Statement SFAS 123(R) those benefits would have been reported as operating cash flows had the Company received any tax benefits related to stock option exercises.

In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 123(R)-3, “ Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards ” (“FSP 123R-3”). The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in FSP 123R-3 for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation under SFAS 123R. The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in-capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of stock-based compensation, and for determining the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R.

Valuation and Expense Information under SFAS 123(R)

The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, even though this model was developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, which differ significantly from the Company’s stock options. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values. The expected term of options granted was calculated using

 

66


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

the simplified method allowed by SAB 107. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S Treasury rates in effect during the corresponding period of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of Nanometrics’ stock price. These factors could change in the future, which would affect the stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

The weighted-average fair value of stock-based compensation to employees is based on the single option valuation approach. Forfeitures are estimated and it is assumed no dividends will be declared. The estimated fair value of stock-based compensation awards to employees is amortized using the straight-line method over the vesting period of the options. The weighted-average fair value calculations are based on the following average assumptions:

 

     2007     2006  

Stock Options:

    

Expected life

   4.4 years     4.5 years  

Volatility

   59.3 %   71.2 %

Risk free interest rate

   4.96 %   4.80 %

Dividends

   —       —    

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

    

Expected life

   0.5 years     0.5 years  

Volatility

   35.0 %   42.0 %

Risk free interest rate

   2.52 %   3.49 %

Dividends

   —       —    

The weighted average fair value per share of the stock options awarded in 2007 and 2006 of $7.69 and $11.71, respectively, was based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant dates.

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to the Company’s employees and directors pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchases under SFAS 123(R) which was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year
2007
   Fiscal Year
2006

Cost of products

   $ 287    $ 354

Cost of service

     337      305

Research and development

     997      1,313

Selling

     755      988

General and administrative

     1,391      2,065
             

Total stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases

   $ 3,767    $ 5,025
             

 

67


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The table below reflects pro-forma net income (loss) and basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for 2005 as if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 had been applied as follows (in thousands except per-share amounts):

 

     2005  

Net income (loss):

  

As reported(1)

   $ 1,511  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects(2)

     (4,865 )
        

Pro forma net loss(3)

   $ (3,354 )
        

Basic net income (loss) per share:

  

As reported

   $ 0.12  

Pro forma

   $ (0.26 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

  

As reported

   $ 0.11  

Pro forma

   $ (0.26 )

Basic Shares:

  

As reported

     12,760  

Pro forma

     12,760  

Diluted Shares:

  

As reported

     13,471  

Pro forma

     12,760  

 

(1)   Net income and net income per share prior to fiscal 2006 did not include stock-based compensation expense for employee stock options under SFAS No. 123 because the Company did not adopt the recognition provisions of SFAS 123.
(2)   Stock-based compensation expense prior to fiscal 2006 is calculated based on the pro forma application of SFAS 123.
(3)   Net loss and net loss per share prior to fiscal 2006 represents pro forma information based on SFAS 123.

A summary of activity under the Company’s stock option plans during 2007 is as follows:

 

    Shares
Available
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average

Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in Thousands)

Options

         

Outstanding at December 30, 2006

  1,081,900     3,826,806     $ 10.60    

Shares added through 2005 Equity Incentive Plan

  544,248     —         —      

Exercised

  —       (605,786 )     5.83    

Granted

  (1,368,179 )   1,368,179       7.69    

RSU allocation

  (90,000 )   —         —      

Canceled

  1,439,942     (1,468,732 )     11.10    
                     

Outstanding at December 29, 2007

  1,607,911     3,120,467     $ 9.94   4.6   $ 4,381
                           

Exercisable at December 29, 2007

    1,303,145     $ 11.17   3.17   $ 1,448
                       

 

68


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The Company granted 90,000 Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) during the year-end December 29, 2007 to key management employees with vesting periods spanning from one to three years. The Company made no such RSU grants in previous years.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $9.86 as of December 29, 2007, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2007 and 2006 was $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The fair value of options vested was $6.6 million in 2007.

In connection with the acquisition of Accent in the third quarter of 2006 (Note 2), each outstanding stock option under the Accent Stock Option Plan was converted into an option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock and, as a result, outstanding options to purchase 205,003 shares of the Company’s common stock were assumed. No further options may be granted under the Accent Stock Option Plan.

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of December 29, 2007.

 

Range of Exercise Prices

   Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
   Number
Outstanding
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Exercisable
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.49–$6.10

   248,403    2.55    $ 5.38    228,403    $ 5.32

$6.12–$6.12

   337,250    6.00    $ 6.12    0    $ 0.00

$6.25–$7.35

   531,846    6.49    $ 6.89    57,918    $ 6.76

$7.63–$8.89

   530,288    4.81    $ 8.62    263,714    $ 8.59

$9.07–$10.37

   386,963    5.61    $ 9.50    123,481    $ 10.01

$10.57–$13.46

   344,032    4.24    $ 12.15    194,442    $ 12.19

$13.57–$14.71

   327,032    4.27    $ 13.74    159,340    $ 13.85

$14.95 -$16.71

   323,653    1.80    $ 15.78    184,847    $ 15.87

$17.01–$25.24

   88,000    0.97    $ 20.95    88,000    $ 20.95

$29.20–$29.20

   3,000    0.63    $ 29.20    3,000    $ 29.20
                  

$0.49–$29.20

   3,120,467    4.60    $ 9.94    1,303,145    $ 11.17
                  

As of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was $5.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Pro Forma Information Under SFAS 123 for Periods Prior to 2006

Prior to 2006, the weighted-average fair value of stock-based compensation to employees was based on the single option valuation approach. Forfeitures were estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those estimates. It was assumed no dividends would be declared. The estimated fair value of stock-based compensation awards to employees was amortized using the straight-line method over the vesting period of the options. The weighted-average fair value calculations were based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2005  

Stock Options:

  

Expected life

     4.4 years  

Volatility

     87.0 %

Risk free interest rate

     3.98 %

Dividends

     —    

Weighted average fair value

   $ 8.31  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

  

Expected life

     0.5 years  

Volatility

     60.0 %

Risk free interest rate

     1.4 %

Dividends

     —    

Weighted average fair value

   $ 10.07  

Note 4.    Sale of Accounts Receivable

The Company maintains arrangements under which eligible accounts receivable in Japan are sold without recourse to unrelated third-party financial institutions. These receivables were not included in the consolidated balance sheet as the criteria for sale treatment established by SFAS No. 140, “ Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities ” (“SFAS 140”), had been met. Under SFAS 140, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity stops recognizing the financial assets when the control has been surrendered. The agreement met the criteria of a true sale of these assets since the acquiring party retained the title to these receivables and had assumed the risk that the receivables will be collectible. The Company pays administrative fees as well as interest ranging from 1.375% to 1.875% based on the anticipated length of time between the date the sale is consummated and the expected collection date of the receivables sold. In 2007, there were no material gains or losses on the sale of such receivables. In 2007 and 2006, the Company sold $22.4 million $7.5 million, respectively of receivables under the terms of the agreement. There were no amounts due from the financial institution at December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006.

Note 5.    Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     At
     December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006

Raw materials and subassemblies

   $ 19,685    $ 20,227

Work in process

     7,134      9,693

Finished goods

     6,524      13,681
             

Total inventories

   $ 33,343    $ 43,601
             

 

70


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

During 2007, the Company determined that certain demonstration/evaluation equipment would no longer be marketed to be sold. Accordingly, equipment totaling $6.7 million was transferred from inventory to property, plant and equipment.

Note 6.    Related Party Transactions

A former member of the Company’s executive staff, who left the Company in April 2007, is a significant shareholder of a major supplier of assembly parts to the Company. Purchases of assembly parts from the related party were $0.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007 and $5.1 million for the year ending December 30, 2006. Consulting services received from the related party were $0.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007 and $0.7 million for the year ending December 30, 2006. The balance of amounts prepaid to the supplier was $0.3 million at December 30, 2006. Amounts due to the related party as of December 30, 2006 was $0.2 million. Accordingly, this vendor is no longer a related party since April 1, 2007.

Note 7.    Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     At  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Land

   $ 15,597     $ 16,477  

Building and improvements

     18,188       28,385  

Machinery and equipment

     18,753       9,068  

Furniture and fixtures

     2,185       3,064  
                
     54,723       56,994  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,304 )     (13,700 )
                

Total property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 44,419     $ 43,294  
                

Depreciation expense was $3.5 million, $2.4 million, and 2.2 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Note 8.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in a business combination. In accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually or whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that goodwill might be impaired.

 

71


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Asset

Changes in goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

 

     At
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 54,817     $ —  

Acquisition of Soluris

     —         3,583

Acquisition of Accent

     —         51,234

Deferred tax liability adjustment

     (648 )     —  

Settlement of escrow shares (Note 2)

     (2,037 )     —  
              

Balance, end of period

   $ 52,132     $ 54,817
              

On March 15, 2006, as a result of the Company’s acquisition of Soluris, the Company acquired a trademark with a value of $0.4 million with an indefinite life.

Intangible Assets

Finite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. Finite-lived intangible assets as of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 29, 2007

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Intangible
Assets

Developed technology acquired in business combinations

   $ 9,800    $ 2,037    $ 7,763

Customer relationships

     15,700      4,638      11,062

Brand names

     3,600      749      2,851

Patented technology

     1,790      1,646      144

Backlog

     3,131      3,131      —  

Non-compete agreement

     50      50      —  

Other

     250      250      —  
                    

Total

   $ 34,321    $ 12,501    $ 21,820
                    

 

December 30, 2006

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Intangible
Assets

Developed technology acquired in business combinations

   $ 9,800    $ 607    $ 9,193

Customer relationships

     15,700      1,373      14,327

Brand names

     3,600      216      3,384

Patented technology

     1,790      1,406      384

Backlog

     3,131      2,846      285

Non-compete agreement

     50      40      10

Other

     250      250      —  
                    

Total

   $ 34,321    $ 6,738    $ 27,583
                    

 

72


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The amortization of finite-lived intangibles is computed using the straight-line method except for customer relationships which is computed using an accelerated method. Estimated lives of finite-lived intangibles range from five to ten years, except for the non-compete agreement and backlog which are amortized over one year. Total amortization expense was $5.8 million, $5.3 million, $0.3 million for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense as of December 29, 2007 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Years

    

2008

   $ 4,881

2009

     4,257

2010

     3,675

2011

     3,201

2012

     2,458

2013 and after

     3,348
      

Total amortization

   $ 21,820
      

Note 9.    Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     At
     December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006

Accrued warranty

   $ 4,545    $ 4,349

Accrued professional services

     529      1,912

Other

     2,169      2,120
             

Total other current liabilities

   $ 7,243    $ 8,381
             

Note 10.    Debt Obligations

Debt obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     At  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

2000 working capital bank loan

   $ —       $ 1,387  

2006 equipment financing

     277       420  
                

Total debt obligations

     277       1,807  

Current portion of debt obligations

     (148 )     (486 )
                

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 129     $ 1,321  
                

The 2006 equipment financing was obtained by the Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom and is collateralized by the financed assets. The loan is denominated in British pound sterling (£138,745 at December 29, 2007) and bears interest at 5.53% per annum. The loan is payable in monthly installments with unpaid principal and interest due in November 2009.

 

73


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The Company is not in breach of any restrictive covenants in connection with its debt.

At December 29, 2007, future annual maturities of debt obligations were as follows (in thousands):

 

2008

     148

2009

     129
      

Total

   $ 277
      

Note 11.    Line of Credit

In February 2007, the Company entered into a two-year agreement for a revolving line of credit facility in a maximum principal amount of $15 million. The instrument governing the facility includes certain financial covenants regarding net tangible worth. All borrowings under this credit line bear interest, at the Company’s election, at a per annum rate equal to the bank’s prime rate or at the Libor rate plus 2.25%. The revolving line of credit agreement includes a provision for the issuance of commercial or standby letters of credit by the bank on behalf of the Company. The value of all letters of credit outstanding reduces the total line of credit available. The revolving line of credit is collateralized by a blanket lien on all of the Company’s domestic assets excluding intellectual property. Although the Company has no current plans to request advances under this credit facility, it may use the proceeds of any future borrowing for general corporate purposes or for future acquisitions or expansion of the Company’s business.

During the second quarter 2006, the Company paid off and did not renew its revolving line of credit with a Japanese bank. This revolving line of credit was an unsecured line of credit whereby the Company could borrow up to ¥400 million. As of December 31, 2005, outstanding borrowings were ¥140 million, or approximately $1.19 million translated at the spot rate effective as of December 31, 2005.

Note 12.    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases facilities and certain equipment under non-cancellable operating leases. Rent expense, which is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective lease, for 2007, 2006, and 2005 was approximately $2.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under its operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating
Leases
   Sublease
Income
    Net

2008

   $ 1,138      (270 )   $ 868

2009

     614        614

2010

     394        394

2011

     301        301

2012

     4        4
                     

Total

   $ 2,451    $ (270 )   $ 2,181
                     

Pursuant to an employment agreement, if Nanometrics’ Chief Executive Officer, Tim Stultz, is involuntarily removed from his position, the Company is required to continue his salary for a period of two years from such date. The Company has an employment agreement with the Chief Financial Officer, Gary Schaefer. In the event he is involuntarily removed from his position, the Company is required to continue his salary for a period of

 

74


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

twelve months from such date. The Company also has another employment agreement with the Chief Operating Officer, Bruce Crawford, if in the event he is involuntarily removed from his position, the Company is required to continue his salary for a period of six months from such date.

In August 2005, KLA-Tencor Corporation (“KLA”) filed a complaint against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges that certain of the Company’s products infringe two of KLA’s patents. On January 30, 2006, KLA added a third patent to their claim. The complaint seeks a preliminary and permanent injunction against the sale of these products as well as the recovery of monetary damages and attorneys’ fees. As part of its defense, the Company has filed a request for re-examination of two of the allegedly infringed KLA patents with the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office (“PTO”). These requests for re-examination were recently accepted for review by the PTO. In March 2006, the Company filed a motion for and was granted a stay in the patent litigation case until such re-examination is completed. The PTO issued Office Actions for two of the re-examination proceedings on March 26, 2006, and an Office Action in the third re-examination proceeding on February 5, 2008. In the various Office Actions, the PTO rejected numerous claims of the three asserted KLA patents.

Note 13.    Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred and Common Stock

Nanometrics was incorporated in California in 1975. On September 29, 2006, the Company was reincorporated in the State of Delaware. As part of the reincorporation, each outstanding share of the California corporation, no par value common stock, was converted automatically to one share of the new Delaware corporation, $0.001 par value common stock. The authorized capital stock of Nanometrics consists of 47,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Stock Option Plans

Options to acquire common stock generally vest at a rate of 33.3% upon each anniversary of the stock option grant, and generally expire between five and seven years from the date of grant. The Nanometrics option plans are as follows:

 

Plan Name

   Participants    Shares
Authorized

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

   Employees, consultants and directors    2,133,974

2002 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan

   Employees and consultants    1,200,000

2000 Employee Stock Option Plan

   Employees and consultants    2,450,000

2000 Director Stock Option Plan

   Non-employee directors    250,000

1991 Stock Option Plan

   Employees and consultants    3,000,000

Accent Optical Technologies, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan

   Employees and consultants    205,003

Under the 2002 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (the 2002 Option Plan), Nanometrics may grant options to acquire up to 1,200,000 shares of common stock to employees and consultants at prices determined by the 2002 Option Plan administrator at the date of grant. These options generally expire seven years from the date of grant, or a shorter term as provided by the stock option agreement and become exercisable as they vest as set forth in the stock option agreements.

 

75


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

See Note 3 above for information on option activity in 2007.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), eligible employees are allowed to have salary withholdings of up to 10% of their base compensation to purchase shares of common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the market value of the stock at the beginning or end of each six-month offering period, subject to an annual limitation. Nanometrics has reserved 446,403 authorized common shares under the ESPP for issuance in future periods. Shares issued under the ESPP were 111,680 in 2007 at a weighted average price of $5.30, 71,432 in 2006 at a weighted average price of $9.38, and 61,153 in 2005 at a weighted average price of $10.07.

Note 14.    Restructuring Charge

During the third quarter of 2007, the Company announced it would close its Milpitas, California machine shop and plating facility as part of its strategy to reverse its manufacturing vertical integration and lower its breakeven point. In conjunction with this closure, the Company recorded a restructuring charge in an amount of $2.1 million consisting of $1.9 million write-down of property, plant and equipment, $0.1 million for professional fees and $0.1 million for severance payments (in thousands).

 

     Professional
Fees
    Severance and Other
Benefits
    Property, plant and
equipment
    Total  

Restructuring charges recorded during the third quarter of 2007

   $ 126     $ 92     $ 1,910     $ 2,128  

Non-cash charges

     —         —         (1,910 )     (1,910 )

Cash paid during 2007

     (126 )     (92 )     —         (218 )
                                

Reserve balance at December 29, 2007

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
                                

Note 15.    Gain on the Sale of Assets

In August 2007, the Company entered into a contract to sell a parcel of land and building in Japan and realized a gain on the sale of $1.1 million. In addition, the sale of a condominium in California was consummated in July 2007 and the Company realized a gain of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2007. The Company also sold other non-strategic assets during the third quarter of 2007 realizing a gain of $0.8 million.

Note 16.    Merger Termination

On January 21, 2005, Nanometrics and August Technology Corporation entered into a definitive merger agreement. On June 28, 2005, August Technology Corporation and the Company announced the termination of the merger agreement. In accordance with the terms of the merger agreement, August Technology paid Nanometrics a merger termination fee of $8.3 million on June 28, 2005. Also in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement, August Technology paid to the Company $2.6 million as reimbursement of the Company’s expenses associated with the merger agreement on the same date.

 

76


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Note 17.    Asset Impairment and Disposition

During 2005, Nanometrics recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.2 million related to certain assets of the flat panel display (“FPD”) business unit. Under SFAS 144, the Company should assess the recoverability of assets when events become known which would indicate potential impairment. The Company evaluated the estimated future cash flows of the FPD business unit and determined the undiscounted estimated future cash flows would be insufficient to recover the carrying value of those assets. The impairment charge was measured based on the excess carrying value of the asset group in excess of the associated discounted future cash flows.

In September 2005, Nanometrics announced it had entered into an agreement to sell its FPD business unit to Toho Technology Corporation (“Toho”); the agreement became effective in October 2005. The Company decided to sell the FPD business unit as it had experienced a significant decline in revenues and related gross profit as other competitors have entered the market. Toho received a non-exclusive perpetual license to use and sell Nanometrics Film Thickness Measurements Systems in the flat panel market in exchange for $1.5 million. In addition, Toho will pay a 7% royalty on future sales in excess of ¥800 million. Toho also purchased certain other existing assets at net book value from Nanometrics including $0.9 million of inventory and $0.1 million of equipment related to the FPD business unit. The Company also agreed with Toho to continue to provide sales efforts for FPD products and maintenance service for installed units in certain Asian countries. The Company will receive a commission from Toho on their future sales of FPD products in designated countries. Due to this continuing involvement, the Company does not consider the FPD business unit to be a discontinued operation.

Note 18.    Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Material Fourth Quarter Adjustment

Nanometrics sponsors a statutory defined benefit pension plan (the “Benefit Plan”) in Taiwan for its local employees. During the quarter ended December 29, 2007, the Company included an adjustment of $0.7 million to record the funding deficiency of the Benefit Plan. Of the total adjustment, $0.4 million was charged to expense and $0.3 million was charged directly to Other Comprehensive Income. The adjustment relates to various periods prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 but are not material to any prior period affected. However, we have provided disclosures in relation to plan activity for 2007 as if amounts had been properly recorded as of the beginning of the 2007 year.

The funded status of the Benefit Plan was as follows for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 (in thousands):

Change in fair value of plan assets

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 23

Actual return on plan assets

     1

Employer contributions

     31
      

Fair value of plan assets at December 29, 2007

   $ 55
      

Change in Projected Benefit-Obligations

 

Projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

   $ 784

Service cost

     —  

Interest cost

     24
      

Benefit obligation at December 29, 2007

   $ 808
      

Funding deficiency at December 29, 2007

   $ 753
      

 

77


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The funding deficiency is reflected in other long-term liabilities on the balance sheet at December 29, 2007.

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations cost were as at December 29, 2007 were:

 

Average increase in compensation levels

   3.0 %

Discount rate

   3.0 %

The accumulated benefit obligation as at December 29, 2007 is $0.5 million.

The Company’s Pension Benefit Plan reflects a net loss of $0.3 million in accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 29, 2007.

Pension Benefit Expense

Nanometrics’ net pension benefit costs were as follows for the year-ending December 29, 2007 (in thousands):

 

Interest cost

   $ 24  

Amortization of transition obligation

     36  

Actual return on plan assets

     (1 )

Service cost

     —    
        

Net periodic benefit costs for the year ending December 29, 2007

   $ 59  
        

The weighted average assumptions used to calculate net benefit cost were as follows for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 were:

 

Average increase in compensation levels

   3.0 %

Discount rate

   3.0 %

Expected long-term returns on the assets

   2.5 %

As required by the law, the Company’s plan assets are deposited in Trust of Bank of Taiwan in the form of cash, where Trust of Bank of Taiwan is the assigned trustee for statutory retirement benefits. The expected long-term rate of return of assets for the plan reflects the expected returns for the bank accounts held with the government of Taiwan in which the plan invests.

Note 19.    Income Taxes

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Domestic

   $ (10,918 )   $ (14,258 )   $ 9,265  

Foreign

     6,879       (8,192 )     (7,536 )
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (4,039 )   $ (22,450 )   $ 1,729  
                        

 

78


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Current:

      

Federal

   $ —       $ —       $ (34 )

State

     146       20       37  

Foreign

     719       94       215  
                        
     865       114       218  
                        

Deferred:

      

Federal

     —         (437 )     —    

State

     —         —         —    

Foreign

     (896 )     —         —    
                        
     (896 )     (437 )     —    
                        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (31 )   $ (323 )   $ 218  
                        

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     At  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
 

Deferred tax assets – current:

    

Reserves and accruals not currently deductible

   $ 9,287     $ 10,181  

Capitalized inventory costs

     1,214       1,792  
                

Total gross deferred tax assets – current

     10,501       11,973  

Valuation allowance

     (10,501 )     (11,973 )
                

Total net deferred tax assets – current

   $ —       $ —    
                

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) noncurrent:

    

Tax credit carryforwards

   $ 6,669     $ 6,054  

Depreciation

     (1,537 )     (2,287 )

Reserves and accruals

     3,416       3,844  

Intangible assets

     (1,859 )     (2,173 )

Net operating loss carryforwards

     22,710       6,792  

Translation adjustments

     —         —    
                

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities) – noncurrent

     29,399       12,230  

Valuation allowance

     (29,781 )     (14,078 )
                

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities) – noncurrent

   $ (382 )   $ (1,848 )
                

As of December 29, 2007, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $38.9 million, which expire after 2023. Of the federal net operating loss carry-forwards, $1.8 million relate to stock options and will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when realized. As of December 29, 2007, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $7.3 million and 4.0 million in Japan and the United Kingdom, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

As of December 29, 2007, the Company had available for carry-forward research and experimental tax credits, minimum tax credits and foreign tax credits for federal income tax purposes of $3.7 million, $0.3 million and $1.0 million respectively. Federal credit carry-forwards begin to expire in 2008.

As of December 29, 2007, the Company had available for carry-forward state research and experimental tax credits of $2.2 million. State research and experimental tax credits carry-forward indefinitely.

During the years ended December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 the valuation allowance increased by $15.6 million and $ 6.6 million, respectively. The valuation allowance increased in 2007 due to the inclusion of foreign deferred assets net of liabilities of approximately $11 million that had previously been netted against the valuation allowance. The majority of these deferred assets were the result of purchase accounting transactions.

Differences between income taxes computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Income taxes computed at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (1,373 )   $ (7,588 )   $ 605  

State income taxes

     144       20       37  

Foreign tax provision higher than U.S. rates

     (33 )     79       300  

Change in valuation allowance

     798       7,195       (655 )

Tax credits

     —         (199 )     (197 )

Other, net

     433       170       128  
                        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (31 )   $ (323 )   $ 218  
                        

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48, which provisions included a two-step approach to recognizing, de-recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109. Upon implementation of FIN 48, the Company did not recognize any increase or decrease to reserves for uncertain tax positions to its January 1, 2007 balance. As of December 29, 2007, unrecognized tax benefits approximated $0.3 million all of which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized.

The Company adopted a policy to classify accrued interest and penalties as part of the accrued FIN No. 48 liability in the provision for income taxes. For the year ended December 29, 2007, the Company did not recognize interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. At December 29, 2007, the 2003 through 2007 tax years were open and may be subject to potential examination in one or more jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under federal, state or foreign income tax examination.

Included in the balance as of December 29, 2007 are $0.3 million of tax positions which would affect the Company’s income tax expense if recognized as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 463  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     —    

Reductions for tax position of prior years

     —    

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —    

Decreases – Settlements

     (120 )

Reductions – Settlements

     —    
        

Balance at December 29, 2007

   $ 343  
        

 

80


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 29, 2007, the Company had $0.1 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax matters.

By the end of 2008, the Company has $0.1 million of uncertain tax positions that would be reduced as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. This amount relates to potential withholding tax exposures. The Company does not anticipate the adjustments would result in a material change to the Company’s financial position.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdictions, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The 2003 through 2007 tax years are open and may be subject to potential examination in one or more jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under federal, state or foreign income tax examination.

Note 20.    Bonus Plans

The Company incurred $1.4 million and $2.0 million and in 2007 and 2005, respectively, under a Company-wide formal discretionary cash bonus plan, which covers all eligible employees. There was no expense under the Company-wide formal discretionary cash bonus plan for 2006.

Note 21.    Major Customers

The following customers accounted for 10% or more of total revenue:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 29,
2007
    December 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd.

   15.7 %   14.3 %   15.9 %

Hynix Semiconductor, Inc

   10.6 %   13.5 %   ***  

Ebara Technologies, Inc

   ***     ***     12.5 %

Applied Materials, Inc.

   ***     20.1 %   20.6 %

 

*** The customer accounted for less than 10% of revenue during the period.

At December 29, 2007, there was one customer who accounted for 14.1% of total accounts receivable. As of December 30, 2006 no customer accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable.

 

81


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

Note 22.    Product, Segment and Geographic Information

The Company has one operating segment, as defined in SFAS No. 131, “ Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” . The Company’s operating segment is the sale, design, manufacture, marketing and support of thin film, optical critical dimension and overlay dimension metrology systems. For the years ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company recorded revenue from customers primarily in the United States, Asia and Europe. The following table summarizes total net revenues and long-lived assets (excluding intangible assets) attributed to significant countries (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006
   December 31,
2005

Total net revenues:

        

United States

   $ 46,712    $ 33,691    $ 23,396

Japan

     40,610      16,810      17,991

South Korea

     20,116      25,308      18,746

Taiwan

     11,447      5,158      6,520

China

     10,675      5,972      2,688

Europe

     14,563      6,937      1,031

All other

     2,167      2,498      171
                    

Total net revenues*

   $ 146,290    $ 96,374    $ 70,543
                    

 

* Net revenues are attributed to countries based on the customer’s deployment and service locations of systems.

 

     December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006

Long-lived tangible assets:

     

United States

   $ 37,767    $ 37,079

Japan

     1,165      2,300

Europe

     1,545      708

South Korea

     5,589      5,095

Taiwan

     158      97
             

Total long-lived assets

   $ 46,224    $ 45,279
             

 

82


Table of Contents

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 29, 2007, December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

 

The Company’s product lines differ primarily based on the environment the systems will be used in. Automated systems are used primarily in high-volume production environments. Integrated systems are installed inside wafer processing equipment to provide near real-time measurements for improving process control and increasing throughput. Revenues by product type were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     December 29,
2007
   December 30,
2006
   December 31,
2005

Automated systems

   $ 97,125    $ 56,114    $ 37,861

Integrated systems

     28,924      24,522      23,151
                    

Total product revenues

   $ 126,049    $ 80,636    $ 61,012
                    

Note 23.    Selected Quarterly Financial Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth selected consolidated quarterly results of operations for the year ended December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Quarters Ended  
     Dec. 29,
2007
    Sept. 29,
2007
   June 30,
2007
    March 31,
2007
 

Total net revenues

   $ 33,193     $ 38,647    $ 37,335     $ 37,115  

Gross profit

     14,625       17,083      16,124       13,156  

Income (loss) from operations

     (1,342 )     1,723      292       (4,690 )

Net income (loss)

     (1,275 )     2,008      (130 )     (4,611 )

Net loss per share:

         

Basic

   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.11    $ (0.01 )   $ (0.26 )

Diluted

   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.11    $ (0.01 )   $ (0.26 )

Shares used in per share computations:

         

Basic

     18,604       18,278      17,857       17,658  

Diluted

     18,604       18,676      17,857       17,658  

 

     Quarters Ended  
     Dec. 30,
2006
    Sept 30,
2006
    July 1,
2006
    April 1,
2006
 

Total net revenues

   $ 24,917     $ 29,091     $ 23,398     $ 18,968  

Gross profit

     7,036       11,376       8,744       8,592  

Loss from operations

     (12,029 )     (5,793 )     (2,648 )     (1,655 )

Net loss

     (12,083 )     (6,566 )     (2,156 )     (1,322 )

Net loss per share:

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.69 )   $ (0.40 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.10 )

Shares used in per share computations:

        

Basic and diluted

     17,622       16,573       13,088       13,018  

* * * * *

 

83


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report are certifications of the CEO and the CFO, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). This Controls and Procedures section includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications, and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As described below under “Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” we have identified a material weakness in the internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were not effective as a result of the reported material weakness.

 

84


Table of Contents

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system has been designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance to our management and Board of Directors that the objectives of our control system with respect to the integrity, reliability and fair presentation of published financial statements are met. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007. In making this assessment, we used the criteria established in the framework on Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, which was conducted according to the COSO criteria, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective in achieving its objectives as of December 29, 2007 due to a material weakness that existed in our internal controls relating to our international income tax accounting as of that date.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Based on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007, the following material weakness existed as of that date:

The Company’s controls over international income tax accounting did not operate effectively as of December 29, 2007. Specifically, the Company’s process and procedures surrounding its accounting for international taxes were not effective as of December 29, 2007 in both design and operation, as the existing process and procedures failed to adequately and timely manage the international tax accounting process.

In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm, BDO Seidman, LLP, has issued an attestation report, set forth below, that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 29, 2007.

Remediation Plan to Address the Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are planning on taking the following steps, which we believe are necessary to address the issues associated with our material weakness over international income tax accounting, including implementing changes that are both organizational and process-focused to improve the design and operation of the controls. Such planned changes include:

 

   

Initiation of a global transfer pricing study,

 

   

Increased oversight and monitoring of accounting procedures and review of our international tax accounting and,

 

   

Rationalizing and simplifying the tax structures of our foreign entities.

We expect the above mentioned changes in internal controls to be fully implemented by the quarter ended September 27, 2008, and testing of our internal controls subsequent to this date we believe will determine that the enhanced controls are operating effectively.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the Fiscal Quarter Ended December 29, 2007

Subsequent to the evaluation and through the date of this filing of Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007, other than the material weakness noted above, during the fiscal quarter ended December 29, 2007, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

85


Table of Contents

Report of BDO Seidman, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Nanometrics Incorporated

Milpitas, California

We have audited Nanometrics Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Nanometrics Incorporated’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A material weakness regarding management’s failure to design and maintain adequate and timely controls over international tax accounting has been identified and described in management’s assessment. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2007 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 13, 2008 on those financial statements.

In our opinion, Nanometrics Incorporated did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.

 

86


Table of Contents

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Nanometrics Incorporated as of December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006, and the related consolidated statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 29, 2007, and our report dated March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/    BDO Seidman, LLP

San Francisco, California

March 13, 2008

 

87


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item concerning our directors, compliance with Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, our code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer and our Audit Committee is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the sections entitled “Proposal One—Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year (the “Proxy Statement”). Information regarding the Registrant’s executive officers is set forth at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Accounting Fees” in the Proxy Statement.

 

88


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Consolidated Financial Statements.

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 on page 48 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules.

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Nanometrics Incorporated is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Schedule

   Page

II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   93

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable or are not required or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

Exhibits.

The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference with this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  3.(i)    Certificate of Incorporation
  3.1(1)    Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.(ii)    Bylaws
  3.2(1)    Bylaws of the Registrant
  4    Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
  4.1(2)    Form of Common Stock Certificate
10    Material Contracts
   Management Contracts, Compensatory Plans, Contracts or Arrangements
10.1(3)    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers
10.2(4)    Registrant’s 1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended effective May 15, 1997, and form of Stock Option Agreement
10.4(5)    Registrant’s 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
10.5    Registrant’s 2000 Director Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
10.6(6)    Registrant’s 2002 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
10.7(7)    Registrant’s 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.8    Registrant’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements
10.9(8)    Form of Offer Letter to Timothy Stultz
10.10(8)    Form of Executive Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Timothy Stultz
10.11(8)    Form of Relocation Agreement between Timothy Stultz and the Registrant
10.12(9)    Form of Executive Severance Agreement between Bruce Crawford and the Registrant

 

89


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.13(9)    Separation and Release Agreement between John D. Heaton and the Registrant dated June 25, 2007
10.14    Employment Agreement between Gary C. Schaefer and the Registrant effective as of November 5, 2007
     All Other Material Contracts
10.15(6)    Loan and Security Agreement effective as of February 14, 2007 by and between Comerica Bank, the Registrant, Accent Optical Technologies Nanometrics, Inc. and Nanometrics IVS Division, Inc.
14    Code of Ethics
14(10)    Registrant’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
21    Subsidiaries
21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23    Consents of Experts and Counsel
23.1    Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24    Power of Attorney
24    Power of Attorney (see page 92)
31    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
31.1    Certification of Timothy J. Stultz, principal executive officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2    Certification of Gary C. Schaefer, principal financial officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32    Section 1350 Certifications
32.1    Certification of Timothy J. Stultz, principal executive officer of the Registrant, and Gary C. Schaefer, principal financial officer of the Registrant pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

(1)   Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2006
(2)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2006
(3)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2007
(4)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-33583) filed on August 14, 1997
(5)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-40866) filed on July 6, 2000
(6)   Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2007
(7)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-108474) filed on September 3, 2003
(8)   Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2007
(9)   Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2007
(10)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 1, 2004

 

90


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 13, 2008

 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

By:

  /s/    T IMOTHY J. S TULTZ
 

Timothy J. Stultz

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Executive Officer)

 

91


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy J. Stultz and Gary C. Schaefer jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T IMOTHY J. S TULTZ        

Timothy J. Stultz

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 13, 2008

/ S /    G ARY C. S CHAEFER        

Gary C. Schaefer

  

Chief Financial Officer and Vice

President of Finance and

Administration

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

March 13, 2008

/ S /    B RUCE C. R HINE        

Bruce C. Rhine

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

March 13, 2008

     

Vincent J. Coates

  

Vice-Chairman of the Board of

Directors

 

/ S /    E DMOND R. W ARD        

Edmond R. Ward

  

Director

 

March 13, 2008

/ S /    J OSEPH F. D OX        

Joseph F. Dox

  

Director

 

March 13, 2008

     

Stephen Smith

  

Director

 

/ S /    J. T HOMAS B ENTLEY        

J. Thomas Bentley

  

Director

 

March 13, 2008

     

William G. Oldham

  

Director

 

 

92


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

Our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable consists of the following (in thousands):

 

Year Ended

   Balance at
beginning
of period
   Balance
assumed
through
acquisitions
   Charged to
costs and
expenses
   Deductions –
write-offs of
accounts
   Balance
at end
of period

December 29, 2007

   $ 841    $ —      $ —      $ 518    $ 323

December 30, 2006

   $ 592    $ 355    $ —      $ 106    $ 841

December 31, 2005

   $ 603    $ —      $ —      $ 11    $ 592

 

93

EXHIBIT 10.5

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

2000 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

(as amended and restated on March 7, 2007)

1. Purpose of the Plan . The purposes of this 2000 Director Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel to serve as Outside Directors of the Company, to provide additional incentives to the Outside Directors of the Company to serve as Directors, and to encourage their continued service on the Board.

All options granted hereunder shall be “non-statutory stock options”.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(d) “ Company ” means Nanometrics Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

(e) “ Continuous Status as a Director ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as a Director.

(f) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(g) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. The payment of a Director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient in and of itself to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(h) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“ NASDAQ ”) System, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such system or exchange (or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in Common Stock) on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable;


(ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ System (but not on the National Market System thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable, or;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

(j) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(k) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(l) “ Optionee ” means an Outside Director who receives an Option.

(m) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee, or who is not the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding stock.

(n) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424 (e) of the Code.

(o) “ Plan ” means this 2000 Director Option Plan.

(p) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 10 of the Plan.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) Shares (the “ Pool ”) of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan.

4. Administration of and Grants of Options under the Plan .

(a) Procedure for Grants . Except as otherwise required herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. All grants of options to Outside Directors under this Plan shall be automatic and non-discretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of shares to be covered by Options granted to Outside Directors; provided, however, that nothing in this Plan shall be construed to prevent an Outside Director from declining to receive an Option under this Plan.

 

-2-


(ii) Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase twenty thousand (20,000) Shares on the date on which such person first becomes a Director, whether through election by the shareholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy;

(iii) On the second business day of each fiscal quarter during the term of this Director Plan, each Outside Director shall automatically receive an Option to purchase two thousand five hundred (2,500) Shares, provided that he or she has been an Outside Director for at least six (6) months on such dates;

(iv) The terms of an Option granted pursuant to this Section shall be as follows:

(A) the term of the Option shall be five (5) years;

(B) except as provided in Section 10 of this Plan, the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director remains a director;

(C) the exercise price per share of Common Stock shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Option;

(D) the Option shall become exercisable in installments cumulatively with respect to thirty-three and one-third (33-1/3%) of the Optioned Stock one year after the date of grant and as to an additional thirty-three and one-third (33-1/3%) of the Optioned Stock each year thereafter, so that one hundred percent (100%) of the Optioned Stock shall be exercisable three years after the date of grant; provided, however, that in no event shall any Option be exercisable prior to obtaining shareholder approval of the Plan.

(v) In the event that any Option granted under the Plan would cause the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options plus the number of Shares previously purchased upon exercise of Options to exceed the Pool, then each such automatic grant shall be for that number of Shares determined by dividing the total number of Shares remaining available for grant by the number of Outside Directors on the automatic grant date. No further grants shall be made until such time, if any, as additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan through action of the shareholders to increase the number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or through cancellation or expiration of Options previously granted hereunder.

(b) Powers of the Board . Subject to the provisions and restrictions of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority, in its discretion: (i) to determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance with y Section 2(i) of the Plan, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock; (ii) to interpret the Plan; (iii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating

 

-3-


to the Plan; (iv) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted hereunder; and (v) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Effect of Board’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final.

5. Eligibility . Options may be granted only to Outside Directors. All Options shall be automatically granted in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 4(b) hereof. An Outside Director who has been granted an Option may, if he is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options in accordance with such provisions.

The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director, nor shall it interfere in any way with any rights which the Director or the Company may have to terminate his directorship at any time.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company as described in Section 1616 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 11 of the Plan.

7. Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for Optioned Stock shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the Option.

(b) Form of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Board and may consist entirely of (i) cash, (ii) check, (iii) promissory note, (iv) other shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised and which, in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than twelve (12) months on the date of surrender, (v) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price, (vi) delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares which irrevocably obligates the Optionee to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve (12) months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, or (viii) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under applicable law.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times as are set forth in Section 4 hereof; provided, however, that no Options shall be exercisable until shareholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 16 hereof has been obtained.

 

-4-


An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7(b) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. A share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the- Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Continuous Status as a Director . In the event an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Director terminates (other than upon the Optionee’s death or total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code)), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option, but only within three (3) months from the date of such termination, and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of its five (5) year term). To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination, and to the extent that the Optionee does not exercise such Option (to the extent otherwise so entitled) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(c) Disability of Optionee . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Director terminates as a result of total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination, and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of its five (5) year term). To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (to the extent otherwise so entitled) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(d) Death of Optionee . In the event of an Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance may exercise the Option, but only within twelve (12) months following the date of death, and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of its five (5) year term). To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of death, and to the extent that the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise such Option does not exercise such Option (to the extent otherwise so entitled) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

-5-


9. Non-Transferability of Options . The Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

10. Adjustments .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event that the stock of the Company is changed by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, or other change in the capital structure of the Company, or converted into or exchanged for other securities as a result of any merger, consolidation or reorganization, or in the event that the outstanding number of shares of stock of the Company is increased through payment of a stock dividend, appropriate proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares of stock subject to the Plan, the number and class of shares subject to the Plan, the number and class of share subject to any Option outstanding under the Plan, and the exercise price of any such outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares as a result of any such adjustment. Any such adjustment shall be made upon approval by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive. If there is any other change in the number or type of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company, or of any other security into which such stock shall have been changed or for which it shall have been exchanged, and if the Board in its sole discretion determines that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the Options then outstanding under the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with the determination of the Board. No adjustments shall be required by reason of the issuance or sale by the Company for cash or other consideration of additional shares of its stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its stock.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation which does not constitute a “ Change of Control ” (as defined in Section (e)) or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, outstanding Options may be assumed or equivalent options may be substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary thereof (the “ Successor Corporation ”). If an Option is assumed or substituted for, the Option or equivalent option shall continue to be exercisable as provided in Section 4 hereof for so long as the Optionee serves as a Director or a director of the Successor Corporation. If the Successor Corporation does not assume an outstanding Option or substitute for it an equivalent option, the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable, including as to Shares for which it would not otherwise be exercisable. In such event the Board shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and upon the expiration of such period the Option shall terminate.

For the purposes of this Section 10(c), an Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and

 

-6-


if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares). If such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

(d) Vesting Acceleration on Change of Control . In the event of a “Change of Control,” all of the Optionee’s rights to purchase stock under all option agreements with the Company pursuant to the Plan shall be automatically vested in their entirety on an accelerated basis and be fully exercisable:

(i) as of the date immediately preceding such “Change of Control” in the event any such option agreement is or will be terminated or canceled (except by mutual consent) or any successor to the Company fails to assume and agree to perform all such option agreements; or

(ii) as of the date immediately preceding such “Change of Control” in the event the Optionee does not or will not receive upon exercise of the Optionee’s stock purchase rights under any such option agreement the same identical securities and/or other consideration as is received by all other shareholders in any merger, consolidation, sale, exchange or similar transaction occurring upon or after such “Change of Control”; or

(iii) as of the date Optionee’s status as a Director or director of the Successor Corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Optionee occurring upon or after any such “Change of Control”; whichever shall first occur (all quoted terms as defined below).

(e) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), or group of “persons” acting in concert, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are “Incumbent Directors.” “ Incumbent Directors ” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for election as a director without objection to such nomination) of at least three-quarters of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company); or

 

-7-


(iii) The shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or such surviving entity’s parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or such surviving entity’s parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

11. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension, or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (or any other applicable law or regulation), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated.

12. Time of Granting Options . The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date determined in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Outside Director to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

13. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

-8-


14. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

15. Option Agreement . Options shall be evidenced by written option agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.

16. Shareholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company at or prior to the first annual meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the granting of an Option hereunder. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law.

 

-9-


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

2000 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Nanometrics Incorporated, (the “ Company ”), has granted to              (the “ Optionee ”), an option to purchase a total of twenty thousand (20,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Optioned Stock ”), at the price determined as provided herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2000 Director Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company which is incorporated herein by reference. The terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings herein.

1. Nature of the Option . This Option is a nonstatutory option and is not intended to qualify for any special tax benefits to the Optionee.

2. Exercise Price . The exercise price is $              for each share of Common Stock.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of the Plan as follows:

(i) Right to Exercise .

(a) This Option shall become exercisable in installments cumulatively with respect to thirty-three percent (33%) of the Optioned Stock one year after the date of grant, and as to an additional thirty-three percent (33%) of the Optioned Stock on each anniversary of the date of grant, so that one hundred percent (100%) of the Optioned Stock shall be exercisable three (3) years after the date of grant; provided, however, that in no event shall any Option be exercisable prior to the date the shareholders of the Company approve the Plan.

(b) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(c) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of service as a Director, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 8 of the Plan.

(ii) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised. Such written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(i) cash;


(ii) check; or

(iii) promissory note: or

(iv) surrender of other shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than twelve (12) months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised; or

(v) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Company and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price; or

(vi) delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares which irrevocably obligates the Optionee to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve (12) months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement; or

(vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

(viii) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under applicable law.

5. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulations, or if such issuance would not comply with the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

7. Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten (10) years from the date of grant of this Option, and may be exercised during such period only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

8. Taxation Upon Exercise of Option . Optionee understands that, upon exercise of this Option, he or she will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then Fair Market Value of the Shares purchased over the exercise price paid for such Shares. Since the Optionee is subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, under

 

-2-


certain limited circumstances the measurement and timing of such income (and the commencement of any capital gain holding period) may be deferred, and the Optionee is advised to contact a tax advisor concerning the application of Section 83 in general and the availability a Section 83(b) election in particular in connection with the exercise of the Option. Upon a resale of such Shares by the Optionee, any difference between the sale price and the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise of the Option, to the extent not included in income as described above, will be treated as capital gain or loss.

DATE OF GRANT: ___________________

 

Nanometrics Incorporated,
a Delaware corporation
By:    

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan.

Dated: _________________________

 

   
  Optionee

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Nanometrics Incorporated

[Address]

Attention: Corporate Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . The undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Nanometrics Incorporated (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Director Option Plan and the Director Option Agreement dated              (the “ Agreement ”) .

2. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Agreement.

3. Federal Restrictions on Transfer . Optionee understands that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or unless an exemption from such registration is available, and that the certificate(s) representing the Shares may bear a legend to that effect. Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares and that an exemption may not be available or may not permit Optionee to transfer Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Optionee.

4. Tax Consequences . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultant (s) Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the aggregate purchase price for the Shares that Optionee has elected to purchase and has made provision for the payment of any federal or state withholding taxes required to be paid or withheld by the Company.


6. Entire Agreement . The Agreement is incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Exercise Notice and the Agreement are governed by California law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

Submitted by:   Accepted by:
OPTIONEE:   NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED
By:         By:    
        Its:    
Address:            
             
Dated:         Dated:    

 

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.8

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(as amended and restated on March 7, 2007)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Service Providers, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

Awards granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares and Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Annual Revenue ” means the Company’s or a business unit’s net sales for the Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units.

(e) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(f) “ Awarded Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Award.

(g) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “ Cash Position ” means the Company’s level of cash and cash equivalents.


(i) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events, in one or a series of related transactions:

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iii) the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets; or

(iv) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are Directors as of the date this Plan is approved by the Board, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors and whose election or nomination was not in connection with any transaction described in (i) or (ii) above or in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company.

(j) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(k) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(l) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(m) “ Company ” means Nanometrics Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

(n) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for such services.

(o) “ Continuous Status as a Service Provider ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of the employment or service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary. Continuous Status as a Service Provider shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) medical leave, military leave, family leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided, in each case, that such leave does not result in termination of the employment and service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, under

 

-2-


the terms of the respective Company policy for such leave; however, vesting may be tolled while a Service Provider is on an approved leave of absence under the terms of the respective Company policy for such leave; or (ii) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(p) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(r) “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a credit, payable in cash, made at the discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.

(s) “ Earnings Per Share ” means as to any Performance Period, the Company’s or a business unit’s Net Income, divided by a weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive common equivalent shares deemed outstanding, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(t) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Chairman nor as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(u) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(v) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(w) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system, on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-3-


(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(x) “ Fiscal Year ” means a fiscal year of the Company.

(y) “ Individual Performance Objective ” means as to a Participant, the objective and measurable goals set by a “management by objectives” process and approved by the Committee (in its discretion).

(z) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder and is expressly designated by the Administrator at the time of grant as an incentive stock option.

(aa) “ Marketing and Sales Expenses as a Percentage of Sales ” means as to any Performance Period, the Company’s or a business unit’s marketing and sales expenses stated as a percentage of sales, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(bb) “ Net Income as a Percentage of Sales ” means as to any Performance Period, the Company’s or a business unit’s Net Income stated as a percentage of sales, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(cc) “ Net Income ” means as to any Performance Period, the income after taxes of the Company or a business unit determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, provided that prior to the beginning of the Performance Period, the Committee shall determine whether any significant item(s) shall be included or excluded from the calculation of Net Income with respect to one or more Participants.

(dd) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(ee) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(ff) “ Operating Cash Flow ” means the Company’s or a business unit’s sum of Net Income plus depreciation and amortization less capital expenditures plus changes in working capital comprised of accounts receivable, inventories, other current assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, product warranty, advance payments from customers and long-term accrued expenses, determined in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles.

(gg) “ Operating Income ” means the Company’s or a business unit’s income from operations determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

-4-


(hh) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(ii) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(jj) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.

(kk) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ll) “ Performance Goals ” means the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Committee (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant with respect to an Award. As determined by the Committee, the Performance Goals applicable to an Award may provide for a targeted level or levels of achievement using one or more of the following measures: (a) Annual Revenue, (b) Cash Position, (c) Earnings Per Share, (d) Individual Performance Objectives, (e) Marketing and Sales Expenses as a Percentage of Sales, (f) Net Income as a Percentage of Sales, (g) Net Income, (h) Operating Cash Flow, (i) Operating Income, (j) Return on Assets, (k) Return on Equity, (l) Return on Sales, and (m) Total Shareholder Return. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from Award to Award. The Committee shall appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude (i) any extraordinary non-recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year, or (ii) the effect of any changes in accounting principles affecting the Company’s or a business units’ reported results. Any criteria used may be measured, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, passage of time and/or against another company or companies), (iii) on a per-share basis, (iv) against the performance of the Company as a whole or of a business unit of the Company, and/or (v) to the extent not otherwise specified by the definition of the Performance Goal, on a pre-tax or after-tax basis.

(mm) “ Performance Period ” means the time period of any Fiscal Year or such longer period as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion during which the performance objectives must be met.

(nn) “ Performance Share ” means a performance share Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 14.

(oo) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time (including the continuation of employment or service), the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(pp) “ Plan ” means this 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq) “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, as evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

-5-


(rr) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 13. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(ss) “ Return on Assets ” means the percentage equal to the Company’s or a business unit’s Operating Income before incentive compensation, divided by average net Company or business unit, as applicable, assets, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(tt) “ Return on Equity ” means the percentage equal to the Company’s Net Income divided by average shareholder’s equity, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(uu) “ Return on Sales ” means the percentage equal to the Company’s or a business unit’s Operating Income before incentive compensation, divided by the Company’s or the business unit’s, as applicable, revenue, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(vv) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ww) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(xx) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(yy) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 17 of the Plan.

(zz) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 10 below.

(aaa) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(bbb) “ Total Shareholder Return ” means the total return (change in share price plus reinvestment of any dividends) of a share of the Company’s common stock.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 17 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may issued under the Plan is 1,200,000 Shares, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of the Company’s Fiscal Year for three years beginning in 2006 and ending after the 2008 annual increase equal to the least of (i) 3% of the outstanding Shares on such date or (ii) an amount determined by the Board. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

Any Shares subject to Options or SARs shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as one Share for every Share subject thereto. Any Shares of Restricted Stock or Shares subject to Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units with a per share or unit purchase price

 

-6-


lower than 100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as two Shares for every one Share subject thereto. To the extent that a Share that was subject to an Award that counted as two Shares against the Plan reserve pursuant to the preceding sentence is recycled back into the Plan under the next paragraph of this Section 3, the Plan shall be credited with two Shares.

If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Options, Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options and SARs, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to SARs, Shares actually issued pursuant to an SAR as well as the Shares withheld to pay the exercise price shall cease to be available under the Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option or the purchase price of Restricted Stock shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. Shares used to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than stock, such cash payment shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Any payout of Dividend Equivalents, because they are payable only in cash, shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Conversely, any forfeiture of Dividend Equivalents shall not increase the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . The Board or different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan shall be administered by (a) the Board or (b) a Committee, which committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

-7-


(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock or equivalent units to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the date of grant, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (or are earned) (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to institute an Exchange Program; however, the Administrator may not institute an Exchange Program without shareholder approval.

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws and/or qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options and SARs longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares or cash to be issued upon exercise of an Option, SAR or right to purchase Restricted Stock or upon vesting or payout of another Award, that number of Shares or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares or cash withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(xi) to determine whether Awards will be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents;

 

-8-


(xii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Awards may be granted to Service Providers; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. No Employment Rights . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as an Employee or other Service Provider with the Company or its Subsidiaries, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s or Subsidiary’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

7. Code Section 162(m) Provisions .

(a) Option and SAR Annual Share Limit . No Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to purchase more than 500,000 Shares; provided, however, that such limit shall be 250,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.

(b) Restricted Stock, Performance Share and Restricted Stock Unit Annual Limit . No Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, more than 250,000 Shares in the aggregate of the following: (i) Restricted Stock, (ii) Performance Shares, or (iii) Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that such limit shall be 125,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.

(c) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Administrator on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units which are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).

(d) Changes in Capitalization . The numerical limitations in Sections 7(a) and (b) shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 17(a).

 

-9-


(e) If an Award is cancelled in the same Fiscal Year in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 17 of the Plan), the cancelled Award will be counted against the limits set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above. For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

8. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 23 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

9. Stock Options .

(a) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, not withstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 9(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of all other Options, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-10-


(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Subject to Applicable Laws, such consideration may consist entirely of:

(1) cash;

(2) check;

(3) promissory note;

(4) other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised and which meet the conditions established by the Administrator to avoid adverse accounting consequences (as determined by the Administrator);

(5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

(6) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Participant, including any liability attributable to the Participant’s participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

(7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment;

(8) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or

(9) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

10. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

-11-


(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Service Provider, subject to the limits set forth in Section 7.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan.

(d) Exercise of SARs . SARs will be exercisable on such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) SAR Agreement . Each SAR grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(f) Expiration of SARs . An SAR granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that no SAR will have a term of more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

(g) Payment of SAR Amount . Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

(h) Form of Payment . The Company’s obligation arising upon the exercise of a SAR may be paid in Common Stock or in cash, or in any combination of Common Stock and cash, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine. Shares issued upon the exercise of a SAR shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise.

11. Exercise of Option or SAR .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option or SAR shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR) from the person entitled to exercise the Option or SAR, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option or SAR shall be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer

 

-12-


agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Awarded Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue or cause to be issued (and which issuance may be in electronic entry form) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 17 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised. Exercise of a SAR in any manner shall, to the extent the SAR is exercised, result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter shall be available for purposes of the Plan, and the SAR shall cease to be exercisable to the extent it has been exercised.

(b) Termination of Continuous Status as a Service Provider . Upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Status as a Service Provider (other than termination by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Award is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. If the Option or SAR is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option or SAR will revert to the Plan on the date one (1) month following the Participant’s termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Option or SAR be exercisable after the expiration of the term of the Award as provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Disability of Participant . If a Participant terminates his or her Continuous Status as a Service Provider as a result of his or her Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option or SAR is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option or SAR will revert to the Plan on the date one (1) month following the Participant’s termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Option or SAR be exercisable after the expiration of the term of the Award as provided in the Award Agreement.

(d) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option or SAR may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the

 

-13-


term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option or SAR is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. If the Option or SAR is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option or SAR will revert to the Plan on the date one (1) month following the Participant’s termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Option or SAR be exercisable after the expiration of the term of the Award as provided in the Award Agreement.

12. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including the limits set forth in Section 7), the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(i) General Restrictions . The Administrator may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Company-wide, departmental, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(ii) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee, in its discretion, may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Restricted Stock to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under

 

-14-


Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Restricted Stock which is intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Restricted Stock under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

13. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. Each Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine, including all terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, the number of Restricted Stock Units (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7) and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 13(d), may be left to the discretion of the Administrator.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator shall set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant.

(i) General Restrictions . The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, departmental, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(ii) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock Units as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee, in its discretion, may set performance objectives based upon the achievement

 

-15-


of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Restricted Stock Units to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Restricted Stock Units that are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Restricted Stock Units under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. Shares represented by Restricted Stock Units that are fully paid in cash again shall be available for grant under the Plan.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company.

14. Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 7 hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to a Performance Share Award granted to any Service Provider.

(b) Value of Performance Shares . Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. Each Award of Performance Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the performance period during which the applicable objectives must be met, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(i) General Restrictions . The Administrator may set performance objective based upon the achievement of Company-wide, departmental, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

-16-


(ii) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Performance Shares as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee, in its discretion, may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Performance Shares to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Performance Shares that are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Performance Shares under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).

(d) Earning of Performance Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives for such Performance Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Shares . Payment of earned Performance Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares at the close of the applicable performance period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

15. Leaves of Absence . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall cease commencing on the first day of any unpaid leave of absence and shall only recommence upon return to active service.

16. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator or as otherwise provided in the Plan, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

17. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but

 

-17-


as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share, if any, of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award and the 162(m) fiscal year share issuance limits under Sections 7(a) and (b) hereof shall, shall be proportionately adjusted for any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares should the Committee (in its sole discretion) determine such an adjustment to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by the Board or the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Option, SAR or right to purchase Restricted Stock until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse 100%, and that any Award vesting shall accelerate 100%, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised (with respect to Options, SARs and right to purchase Restricted Stock) or vested (with respect to other Awards), an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant shall (i) fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option, SAR or right to purchase Restricted Stock as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and (ii) fully earn and receive a payout with respect to other Awards. If an Award is not assumed or substituted for in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that (i) the Option, SAR or right to purchase Restricted Stock shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and (ii) all outstanding Options, SARs and rights to purchase Restricted Stock shall terminate upon the expiration of such period and (iii) all other outstanding Awards shall be paid out immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the assumed Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Awarded Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each

 

-18-


Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise (or payout or vesting, as applicable) of the Award, for each Share of Awarded Stock subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

18. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing (or electronic format) and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise or payout, as applicable, of an Award unless the exercise or payout, as applicable, of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise or payout, as applicable, of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Option, SAR or right to purchase Restricted Stock, or in the case of another Award, the person receiving the payout, to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-19-


21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

22. Severability . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan or the Awards shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan or Award, as applicable, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

23. Shareholder Approval . Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of five (5) years from the date of approval by the shareholders of the Company unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

24. Non-U.S. Employees . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any employee who is resident outside of the United States, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan in order to conform such terms to the requirements of local law or to meet the objectives of the Plan. The Administrator may, where appropriate, establish one or more sub-plans for this purpose.

 

-20-


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Option Agreement”).

 

Participant:

    

 

  

Address:

    

 

  
    

 

  

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number     

 

  
Date of Grant     

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date     

 

  
Number of Shares Granted     

 

  
Exercise Price per Share     

$

  
Total Exercise Price     

$

  
Type of Option             Incentive Stock Option   
            Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date     

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

This Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

[One third (  1 / 3 ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1)-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one-third (  1 / 3 ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on each one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

- 1 -


Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable (to the extent vested) for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable (to the extent vested) for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 17(c) of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated above.

 

PARTICIPANT    NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

 

  

 

Signature    By

 

  

 

Print Name    Title

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option will be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Administrator Discretion to Accelerate . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Shares subject to the Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Shares subject to the Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

(c) Method of Exercise . This Option will be exercisable in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will reflect the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares (as such Exercise Price may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of Section 17 of the Plan), together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon the procedures designated by the Administrator and upon receipt by the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares will be considered transferred to the Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

- 1 -


3. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

4. Grant is Not Transferable . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

5. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . The Company will assess its requirements regarding tax, social insurance and any other payroll tax withholding and reporting in connection with this Option, including the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option or sale of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this option (“tax-related items”). These requirements may change from time to time as laws or interpretations change.

In the event the Company determines that it and/or a Parent or Subsidiary must withhold any tax-related items as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Participant agrees as a condition of the grant of this Option to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Company and/or a Parent or Subsidiary may, in its discretion, withhold all applicable tax-related items from any wages or cash compensation due to Participant. The Company (or the employing Parent or Subsidiary) may instead, in its discretion, withhold a portion of the Shares that have an aggregate market value sufficient to pay the minimum tax-related items required to be withheld by the Company or the employing Parent or Subsidiary with respect to the Shares. No fractional Shares will be withheld or issued pursuant to the issuance of Shares; any additional withholding necessary for this reason will be done by the Company through Participant’s paycheck.

 

- 2 -


In the event the withholding requirements are not satisfied through the withholding of Shares or, through Participant’s paycheck, as indicated above), no Shares will be issued to Participant (or his or her estate) unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of any income and other tax-related items which the Company determines must be withheld or collected with respect to the exercise of the option. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise. All income and other tax-related items related to the Option and any Shares delivered in connection with the exercise of the Option are the sole responsibility of the Participant.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Option Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator or, if no such beneficiary has been designated or survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such beneficiary, administrator or executor must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Optioned Stock.

9. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Option Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Option Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

- 3 -


10. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Option Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

11. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any U.S. state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any U.S. state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Option Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Secretary, at 1550 Buckeye Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035 USA, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

13. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Option Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California , or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option Award is made and/or to be performed.

14. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO

 

- 4 -


NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

- 5 -


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

1. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Units, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).

 

Participant:

    

 

  

Address:

    

 

  
    

 

  

2. Participant has been granted an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number     

 

    
3. Date of Grant     

 

    
4. Vesting Commencement Date     

 

    
Number of Restricted Stock Units     

 

    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

(a) [ One-third (  1 / 3 rd ) of the Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award will vest on the one (1)-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and an additional one-third (  1 / 3 ) of the Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award will vest each annual anniversary thereafter (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date. ]

(b) In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Unit, the Restricted Stock Unit and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

 

- 1 -


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT    NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

 

  

 

Signature    By

 

  

 

Print Name    Title

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Notice of Grant, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests (or at such later time indicated in this Agreement). Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3,4 or Section 17 of the Plan, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with this Agreement will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 6. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case no later than the date that is two-and-one-half months from the end of the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Sections 4 and 11 and Section 17 of the Plan, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a

 

- 3 -


“separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator or, if no such beneficiary has been designated or survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . When Shares are issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units, the Company (or the employing Parent or Subsidiary) will withhold a portion of the Shares that have an aggregate market value sufficient to pay the minimum federal, state and local income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld by the Company (or the employing Parent or Subsidiary) with respect to the Shares, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, requires the Participant to make alternate arrangements satisfactory to the Company for such withholdings in advance of the arising of any withholding obligations. The number of Shares withheld pursuant to the prior sentence will be rounded up to the nearest whole Share, with no refund provided for any value of the Shares withheld in excess of the tax obligation as a result of such rounding, all pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares will be issued unless and until all income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld or collected with respect to such Shares have been withheld. In addition and to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company (or the employing Parent or Subsidiary) has the right to retain without notice from salary or other amounts payable to the Participant, cash having a sufficient value to satisfy any tax withholding obligations that the Company determines cannot be satisfied through the withholding of otherwise deliverable Shares. All income and other taxes related to the Restricted Stock Units and any Shares delivered in payment thereof are the sole responsibility of the Participant.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Secretary, at 1550 Buckeye Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035 USA, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

- 5 -


11. Changes in Restricted Stock Units . In the event that as a result of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization, combination of Shares or the adjustment in capital stock of the Company or otherwise, or as a result of a merger, consolidation, spin-off or other corporate transaction or event, the Restricted Stock Units will be increased, reduced or otherwise affected, and by virtue of any such event the Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Restricted Stock Units which have been awarded to him or her (the “Prior Restricted Stock Units”) be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or other securities or property (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities or property will thereupon be considered to be unvested Restricted Stock Units and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions that were applicable to the Prior Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan. If the Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Prior Restricted Stock Units, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by the Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Restricted Stock Units and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Prior Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants; provided, however, that the payment of such new or additional awards shall be made at the same time or times as if such awards had vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the first page of this Agreement (whether or not the Participant remains employed by the Company or by one of its Affiliates as of such date(s)).

12. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

13. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Restrictions on Sale of Securities . The Shares issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units under this Agreement will be registered under U.S. federal securities laws and will be freely tradable upon receipt. However, Participant’s subsequent sale of the Shares may be subject to any market blackout-period that may be imposed by the Company and must comply with the Company’s insider trading policies, and any other applicable securities laws.

 

- 6 -


15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any U.S. state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any U.S. state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

15. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

16. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

17. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

18. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

19. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Option Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

- 7 -


20 Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the parties agree to work in good faith to revise this Agreement as necessary or advisable to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

21. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

22. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California , or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 10.14

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

GARY C. SCHAEFER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of November 5, 2007 by and between Nanometrics Incorporated (the “Company”) and Gary C. Schaefer (“Executive”), effective as of the date hereof (“Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . Executive will serve as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and Administration, reporting to Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the CEO. The period Executive is employed by the Company under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term”.

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company and will use good faith efforts to discharge Executive’s obligations under this Agreement to the best of Executive’s ability and in accordance with each of the Company’s corporate guidance and ethics guidelines, conflict of interests policies and code of conduct. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation, or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the CEO. Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not party to any contract, understanding, agreement or policy, written or otherwise, that would be breached by Executive’s entering into, or performing services under, this Agreement.

2. At-Will Employment . Executive and the Company agree that Executive’s employment with the Company constitutes “at-will” employment. Execute and the Company acknowledge that this employment relationship may be terminated at any time, upon written notice to the other party, with or without good cause or for any or no cause, at the option either of the Company or Executive. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . As of the Effective Date, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $300,000 as compensation for his services (such annual salary, as is then effective, to be referred to herein as “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.


(b) Stock Option . Subject to approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), which shall be obtained at or about the Effective Date, the Executive will be granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on the date of grant (the “Option”). Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein, the Option will vest as to one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Option one year after the date of grant, and as to l/36th of the shares subject to the Option monthly thereafter, so that the Option will be fully vested and exercisable three (3) years from the date of grant, subject to Executive s continued service to the Company on the relevant vesting dates. The Option will have a seven year term and will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”) and the stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company (the “Option Agreement”), both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

(c) Restricted Stock Units . Subject to approval of the Board, which shall be obtained at or about the Effective Date, the Executive will be granted 20,000 restricted stock units (the “RSUs”). Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein and the provisions of the RSU agreement by and between Executive and the Company (the “RSU Agreement”), the RSUs will vest as to one-third (1/3) of the total RSUs annually on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to Executive’s continued service to the Company on the relevant vesting dates. The RSUs will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s Option Plan and the RSU Agreement, both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Annual Incentive . Executive shall be eligible to participate in an annual Performance Bonus Plan (the “Performance Bonus”) which is set at forty percent (40%) of Base Salary if the Company meets its Board approved operating plan. The actual earned cash incentive payable to Executive for any performance period will depend on extent to which applicable performance goals are achieved. A $30,000 Performance Bonus will be guaranteed for each of the fourth quarter of 2007 (prorated for the period the Executive is employed with the Company as Chief Financial Officer), the first quarter of 2008 and the second quarter of 2008, provided the Execute remains employed through the end of each applicable fiscal quarter. Any bonus that actually is earned will be paid as soon as reasonably practicable after the date earned, but no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the fiscal quarter for which the bonus is earned, provided Executive was employed with the Company through the end of such fiscal quarter (except as provided in Section 6). Bonus payments will be subject to all applicable withholding taxes.

(e) Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans, policies and arrangements that are applicable to other executive officers and employees of the Company, as such plans, policies and arrangements may exist from time to time and in accordance with their terms. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

-2-


5. Termination of Employment . In the event Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, Executive will be entitled to any (a) unpaid Base Salary accrued up to the effective date of termination, (b) unpaid, but earned and accrued annual incentive for any completed fiscal year (or other performance period, as applicable) as of his termination of employment, (c) pay for accrued but unused vacation that the Company is legally obligated to pay Executive, (d) benefits or compensation as provided under the terms of any employee benefit and compensation agreements or plans applicable to Executive, (e) unreimbursed business expenses required to be reimbursed to Executive, and (f) rights to indemnification Executive may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, or separate indemnification agreement, as applicable. In addition, if the termination is by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to the amounts and benefits specified in Section 6.

6. Severance .

(a) Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, and regardless of whether such termination occurs in connection with a Change of Control, then, subject to Sections 7, 8 and 10 Executive will receive (i) continued payment of Base Salary for twelve (12) months, paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices; (ii) Performance Bonus plan participation for twelve (12) months following the date of Executive’s termination, provided that bonus payments, if any, shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable (but no later than sixty (60) days) after the end of the fiscal quarter for which the bonus is earned; (iii) subject to Executive timely electing to receive continuation coverage under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), reimbursement for premiums paid (payable when such premiums are due) for continued health benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health plans until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months following termination, or (B) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under any other health plans; (iv) one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested shares subject to Executive’s then outstanding, unvested equity awards will immediately vest and, if applicable, become exercisable, and (v) eligibility to receive Exec-U-Care reimbursements for eligible expenses incurred during the twelve (12) months following termination, payable quarterly.

(b) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment is terminated voluntarily without Good Reason, including due to death or Disability, or is terminated for Cause by the Company, then, (i) all further vesting of Executive’s outstanding equity awards will terminate immediately; (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately, and (iii) Executive will be eligible for severance benefits only in accordance with the Company’s then established plans, programs and practices.

7. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance or other benefits pursuant to Section 6 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company within the timeframe required by the release but in no event later than 2-1/2 months following the end of the Executive’s tax year in which the termination occurred and continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined herein). No severance or other benefits will be paid or provided until the separation agreement and release agreement becomes effective.

 

-3-


(b) Nondisparagement . Beginning with the Effective Date of this Agreement and continuing thereafter, Executive will not knowingly disparage, criticize, or otherwise make any derogatory statements regarding the Company, its directors, or its officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this agreement will be deemed to restrict Executive, the Company or any of the Company’s current or former officers and/or directors from providing information to any governmental or regulatory agency (or in any way limit the content of any such information) to the extent they are requested or required to provide such information pursuant to applicable law or regulation.

(c) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

8. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section 8, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 6 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section will be made in writing by the independent public accountants who are primarily used by the Company immediately prior to Change of Control (the “Accountants”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 8 shall occur in the following order unless Executive elects in writing a different order prior to the date on which the event that triggers the severance payments and benefits due hereunder occurs: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid

 

-4-


to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Executive’s equity awards unless Executive elects in writing a different order prior to the triggering event.

9. Definitions .

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means: (i) Executive’s willful gross misconduct; (ii) Executive’s unjustifiable neglect of his duties (as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board); (iii) Executive’s acting in any manner that has a direct, substantial and adverse effect on the Company or its reputation, (iv) Executive’s repeated material failure or repeated refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time which failure, if curable, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board during the thirty (30) day period following written notice of such failure from the Company; (v) any tortious act, unlawful act or malfeasance which causes or reasonably could cause (for example, if it became publicly known) material harm to the Company’s standing, condition or reputation; (vi) any material breach by Executive of the provisions of any confidential information agreement with the Company or other material improper disclosure of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information; (vii) Executive’s theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Company records; (viii) Executive’s being found liable in any Securities and Exchange Commission or other civil or criminal securities law action or entering any cease and desist order with respect to such action (regardless of whether or not Executive admits or denies liability); or (ix) Executive (A) obstructing or impeding; (B) endeavoring to influence, obstruct or impede, or (C) failing to materially cooperate with, any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity (an “Investigation”). However, Executive’s failure to waive attorney-client privilege relating to communications with Executive’s own attorney in connection with an Investigation will not constitute “Cause.”

(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by, or 50% or more of the fair value of, the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; (ii) any action or event occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which less than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity, including any parent holding company) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or resulting entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) the consummation of the sale, lease or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

 

-5-


(c) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” will mean Executive’s absence from his responsibilities with the Company on a full-time basis for 120 calendar days in any consecutive twelve (12) months period as a result of Executive’s mental or physical illness or injury. The Board will determine whether a Disability exists based on a evidence provided by one or more physicians selected by the Board.

(d) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” for Executive to resign means Executive’s resignation of employment within sixty (60) days after any of the following undertaken by the Company without Executive’s written consent: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation, (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iii) the relocation of Executive to a facility that is more than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s current location. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall not exist based on conduct described above unless Executive provides the Board with written notice specifying the particulars of the conduct constituting Good Reason, and the conduct described has not been cured within fifteen (15) days following the receipt by the Board of such notice.

(e) 409A . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, as they each may be amended from time to time.

(f) Section 409A Limit . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-l(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(l7) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

10. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination other than due to Executive’s death (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), then only that portion of the severance payments and any other benefits payable under this Agreement which may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A, if any, and any other severance payments or separation benefits, in each case which may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) which (when considered together) do not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined herein) may be made within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Any portion of the Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits in excess of the Section 409A Limit otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s termination will accrue during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment. All subsequent

 

-6-


Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six month anniversary of his date of termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

11. Confidential Information . Executive shall execute the Company’s standard Employee Patent & Confidential Information Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”) at the commencement of employment hereunder.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death, and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation, or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger, or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void,

13. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent overnight by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Attn : Chairman of the Compensation/Stock Option Committee

c/o Corporate Secretary

Nanometrics Incorporated

1550 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

-7-


14. Severability . If any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Arbitration .

(a) General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “Rules”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the JAMS Rules or California Code of Civil Procedure . Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive and the Company agree that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or JAMS except that Executive will pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fees as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence. The Company and Executive agree that the arbitration proceedings will take place in San Jose, California.

(c) Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

 

-8-


(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys fees.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial.

16. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

17. Survival . The Confidential Information Agreement and the Company’s and Executive’s responsibilities under Section 7 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

18. Headings . All captions and Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

19. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

21. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

-9-


22. Conditions . This offer is conditioned upon Executive providing to Company references relating to Executive’s employment in a form acceptable to the Company, and Company’s satisfactory review of such references.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original, and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement, the Option Plan, Option Agreement and RSU Agreement, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including any offer letters. No waiver, alteration or modification of this Agreement will be binding unless agreed to in a writing signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by a duly authorized officer, as of the day and year written below.

 

COMPANY:    
NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED    
/s/ Timothy J. Stultz     Date: November 7, 2007
Timothy J. Stultz    
Chief Executive Officer    
EXECUTIVE:    
/s/ Gary C. Schaefer     Date: November 7, 2007
Gary C. Schaefer    

Exhibit 21

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

Accent Korea Co. Ltd.

   Korea

Accent Optical Technologies France

   France

Accent Optical Technologies (Germany) GmbH

   Germany

Accent Optical Technologies, Inc. (Canada)

   Canada

Accent Optical Technologies Nanometrics, Inc.

   Delaware

Accent Optical Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

Accent Optical Technologies (Switzerland) GmbH

   Switzerland

Accent Optical Technologies (U.K.) Ltd.

   United Kingdom

AOTI Operating Company, Inc.

   Delaware

Major League Merger Corp.

   Minnesota

Nanometrics China Company Ltd.

   China

Nanometrics IVS Inc.

   Massachusetts

Nanometrics Japan, Ltd.

   Japan

Nanometrics Korea Limited

   Korea

Nanometrics Southeast Asia Pte. Limited

   Singapore

Soluris (France) EURL

   France

Soluris UK Limited

   U.K.

Soluris Taiwan Limited

   Taiwan

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Nanometrics Incorporated

Milpitas, California

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-33583, 333-40866, 333-91714, 333-101137, 333-108474, 333-136557 and 333-149339) of Nanometrics Incorporated of our reports dated March 13, 2008, relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of Nanometrics Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K. Our report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting expresses an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2007.

/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

San Francisco, California

March 13, 2008

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to

Act of Rules 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange 1934,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Timothy J. Stultz, the Chief Executive Officer of Nanometrics Incorporated, certify that:

 

  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nanometrics Incorporated;

 

  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   
Date: March 13, 2008     By:   /s/    T IMOTHY J. S TULTZ
     

Name: Timothy J. Stultz

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to

Rules 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Gary C. Schaefer, the Chief Financial Officer of Nanometrics Incorporated, certify that:

 

  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nanometrics Incorporated;

 

  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   
Date: March 13, 2008     By:   /s/    G ARY C. S CHAEFER
     

Name: Gary C. Schaefer

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in his capacity as an officer of Nanometrics Incorporated (the “Company”) that based on his knowledge:

 

  1.   The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and

 

  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 13, 2008     By:   /s/    T IMOTHY J. S TULTZ
    Name:   Timothy J. Stultz
   

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 13, 2008     By:   /s/    G ARY C. S CHAEFER
    Name:  

Gary C. Schaefer

   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer